WO2015110010A1 - Paging message transmission method and apparatus - Google Patents

Paging message transmission method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2015110010A1
WO2015110010A1 PCT/CN2015/071219 CN2015071219W WO2015110010A1 WO 2015110010 A1 WO2015110010 A1 WO 2015110010A1 CN 2015071219 W CN2015071219 W CN 2015071219W WO 2015110010 A1 WO2015110010 A1 WO 2015110010A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
radio frame
paging message
subframe
reference radio
determined
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2015/071219
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
徐伟杰
潘学明
邢艳萍
Original Assignee
电信科学技术研究院
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 电信科学技术研究院 filed Critical 电信科学技术研究院
Publication of WO2015110010A1 publication Critical patent/WO2015110010A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like
    • H04W68/02Arrangements for increasing efficiency of notification or paging channel
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W68/00User notification, e.g. alerting and paging, for incoming communication, change of service or the like

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a paging message transmission method and apparatus.
  • Machine-to-machine (M2M) communication is a new communication concept. Its purpose is to combine many different types of communication technologies, such as machine-to-machine communication, machine control communication, human-computer interaction communication, Mobile internet communication to promote social production and lifestyle development. It is expected that the business of human-to-human communication in the future may only account for 1/3 of the entire terminal market, and a larger amount of communication is the inter-machine (small bandwidth system) communication service.
  • M2M Machine-to-machine
  • the MTC terminal has low mobility; the time for data transmission between the MTC terminal and the network side is controllable; that is, the MTC terminal can only access within a specified time period of the network.
  • the data transmission performed by the MTC terminal and the network side does not require high real-time performance, that is, it has time tolerance; the MTC terminal has limited energy and requires extremely low power consumption; only small data amount information is transmitted between the MTC terminal and the network side. Transmission; the MTC terminal can be managed in units of groups; an actual MTC terminal can have one or more of the above characteristics.
  • An MTC device may have some of the characteristics of various M2M communication characteristics, such as low mobility, small amount of transmitted data, insensitivity to communication delay, and extremely low power consumption.
  • the network can send a page to the UE in the idle state and the connected state.
  • the paging process may be triggered by the core network to notify a certain UE to receive a paging request, or triggered by the eNB, to notify the system information update, and notify the UE to receive an Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) or Information such as the Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS).
  • EWS Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System
  • CMAS Commercial Mobile Alert Service
  • the paging message is mainly used to inform the terminal system of the update of the message.
  • the current LTE protocol stipulates that the paging message is scheduled by the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) scrambled by the Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI), and is in the physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared).
  • P-RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identifier
  • PDSCH Physical Downlink shared channel
  • a paging message can page up to 16 users, and the paging message contains the terminal paging identifier of each paged user.
  • paging messages can be configured to transmit different paging messages in 1 or 2 or 4 subframes in each radio frame, as shown in Table 2a and Table 2b.
  • the paging reception of the UE follows the discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception (DRX) principle of discontinuous reception.
  • DRX discontinuous Reception
  • each cell broadcasts a default DRX paging cycle of the cell to all UEs in the cell in the system information.
  • Each UE can also set the UE according to its own power and paging system messages.
  • the predetermined DRX cycle is to send the UE-specific DRX cycle to the MME through a Non-Access Stratum (NAS) message Attach Request or TAU Request.
  • NAS Non-Access Stratum
  • the MME delivers the specific DRX information of the paged UE to the eNB through a paging message of the S1 Application Protocol (S1AP).
  • S1AP S1 Application Protocol
  • the eNB has both the specific DRX information used by each UE received from the MME and the default DRX paging cycle of the system information broadcast.
  • the UE receives the default DRX paging cycle broadcasted in the system information, and may also configure its own specific DRX.
  • the paging cycle configuration of the eNB and the UE can always be matched.
  • the eNB sends a paging message to the UE in the air interface according to the paging cycle and the paging time, and the UE can receive the corresponding correct paging moment.
  • the UE and the network side calculate the UE identity (UE ID) through the UE's own International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI), and use the same paging cycle T to calculate the paging time (system frame number) at which the UE is located.
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • system frame number System Frame Number, SFN + subframe position i_s
  • the location of the radio frame in which the paging message is located is:
  • the subframe in which the paging message is located is determined according to the i-s and table 2 calculated by the following formula.
  • div means divide operation
  • mod means remainder operation
  • floor is rounding down
  • nB 4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32, configuring one nB for each paging message;
  • UE_ID IMSI mod 1024.
  • the UE During each paging cycle, the UE only listens to the paging information in a subframe position determined based on the foregoing rule, receives the public notification information therein, and searches for whether it includes its own Paging UE ID, which may be international. International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) or System Architecture Evolution Temporary Mobile Station Identifier (S-TMSI).
  • IMSI International Mobile Subscriber Identity
  • S-TMSI System Architecture Evolution Temporary Mobile Station Identifier
  • a more feasible method is to use repeated transmission techniques such as LTE system existing channels, for example, dozens to hundreds of repetitions can achieve 15dB coverage enhancement.
  • the UE monitors the paging information only in the corresponding one subframe position in each paging cycle, and there is no repeated transmission mechanism of the paging message, so the terminal that needs coverage enhancement cannot be used. Paging messages transmitted based on existing mechanisms are correctly received.
  • the embodiment of the present invention provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting the enhanced enhanced paging message.
  • the embodiment of the invention provides a paging message transmission method, including:
  • the paging message is transmitted at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • N min(T, nB)
  • nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
  • the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to a starting reference radio frame time difference D is equal to Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted including: Selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, and selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
  • the n subframes that are occupied are selected on each occupied radio frame, which specifically includes:
  • the method further comprises:
  • the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging cycle T is notified to the UE through higher layer signaling.
  • the sending by using the repeated PDSCH, the paging message on each determined subframe position, specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the method further comprises:
  • the sending the paging message on each determined subframe position includes:
  • the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
  • the invention also provides a paging message transmission method, comprising:
  • the paging message is transmitted at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the present invention also provides a method for a UE to receive a paging message, including:
  • the paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
  • the SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is equal to Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • n different subframes are selected as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
  • n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the n subframes that are occupied are selected on each occupied radio frame, which specifically includes:
  • the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T is determined according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side.
  • the paging message is received at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, and specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the method further comprises:
  • the scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH is determined by the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located, where k is Set a positive integer;
  • the paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the repeated PDSCH according to the scheduling information of the PDSCH.
  • receiving the paging message on each determined subframe position includes:
  • the paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
  • the present invention also provides a method for transmitting a paging message received by a UE, including:
  • a paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the invention also provides a paging message transmission device, comprising:
  • a number determining unit configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
  • a determining and notifying unit configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the determined initial reference radio frame
  • the time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • an initial radio frame determining unit configured to determine a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • An occupied subframe determining unit configured to determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • a repeating transmission unit configured to send the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • N min(T, nB)
  • nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the determining and notifying unit is equal to Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the occupied subframe determining unit is further configured to:
  • the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
  • the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
  • the method further comprises:
  • the number notification unit is configured to notify the UE by high layer signaling by using the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging period T.
  • the repeating transmission unit sends the paging message in each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, which specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the method further comprises:
  • a repeating scheduling unit configured to use the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, to schedule the repeated PDSCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth child before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located Frame, k is a positive integer.
  • the repeating transmission unit sends the paging message on each determined subframe position, which specifically includes:
  • the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the said Send after paging message.
  • the invention also provides a paging message transmission device, comprising:
  • a number determining unit configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
  • a determining and notifying unit configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the determined initial reference radio frame
  • the time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • a first initial radio frame determining unit configured to determine a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • the first occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, the subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
  • a second start radio frame determining unit configured to determine a radio frame where the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located, is a starting reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is set Positive integer
  • a second occupied subframe determining unit configured to determine, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • a repeating transmission unit configured to transmit the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the present invention also provides a user equipment UE, including:
  • a number determining unit configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
  • a notification receiving unit configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter ,not less than Radio frames;
  • the initial radio frame determining unit determines a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • the occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the repeating receiving unit receives the paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
  • the SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter received by the notification receiving unit is equal to Radio frames;
  • the occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and subsequent D-1 radio frames Selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than Radio frames;
  • the occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: according to a predefined rule, from the determined initial reference radio frame and after D-1 In the wireless frame, select to occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the occupied subframe determining unit selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes:
  • n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
  • the occupied subframe determining unit determines, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, that the paging message is selected to be occupied on each occupied wireless frame.
  • the number determining unit is specifically configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side.
  • the receiving unit receives the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, and specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the method further comprises:
  • a scheduling determining unit configured to determine scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH by using the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe where the repeated PDCCH is located is before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located k subframes, k is a positive integer;
  • the repetition receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH according to scheduling information of the PDSCH.
  • the repeatedly receiving unit receives the paging message in each determined subframe position, and specifically includes:
  • the paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
  • the present invention also provides a user equipment UE, including:
  • a number determining unit configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
  • a notification receiving unit configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter ,not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • a first initial radio frame determining unit configured to determine, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message;
  • a first occupied subframe determining unit configured to start a reference radio frame according to the PDCCH of the determined scheduling paging message, M and n, determining a subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located;
  • a second initial radio frame determining unit determines a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located, is a starting reference radio subframe of the paging message, and k is a positive setting Integer
  • the second occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • a repeating receiving unit configured to receive, by using the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, a paging message at each determined subframe position.
  • the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved.
  • the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
  • the invention also provides a paging message transmission device, comprising:
  • a processor for reading a program in the memory performing the following process:
  • the configuration parameter is used to notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • a transceiver for receiving and transmitting data under the control of a processor.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • N min(T, nB)
  • nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor is equal to Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor is greater than Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
  • the processor selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging cycle T is notified to the UE through higher layer signaling.
  • the processor sends the paging message in each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH by the transceiver, which specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the repeated PDSCH is scheduled by the transceiver using a repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located, k To set a positive integer.
  • the sending, by the transceiver, the paging message by using the transceiver at each determined subframe position specifically:
  • the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
  • the invention also provides a paging message transmission device, comprising:
  • a processor that reads a program in memory and performs the following procedures:
  • the configuration parameter is used to notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • a transceiver for receiving and transmitting data under the control of a processor.
  • the present invention also provides a user equipment UE, including:
  • a processor that reads a program in memory and performs the following process:
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Radio frames;
  • a transceiver for receiving and transmitting data under the control of a processor.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor is specifically:
  • the SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter received by the transceiver by the transceiver is equal to Radio frames;
  • Determining, by the processor, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, Selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the transceiver by the transceiver is greater than Radio frames;
  • Determining, by the processor, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n specifically: according to a predefined rule, from the determined initial reference radio frame and then D-1 wireless In the frame, select to occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the processor selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes:
  • n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the processor selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
  • the processor determines, according to the relationship between different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, that the paging message selects the occupied subframe on each occupied radio frame.
  • the processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side, the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T;
  • the processor receives the paging message in each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH by the transceiver, and specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the processor is further configured to:
  • the processor is specifically configured to receive, by using a transceiver, the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH according to scheduling information of the PDSCH.
  • the receiving, by the processor, the paging message in each determined subframe position specifically:
  • the paging message is descrambled by the transceiver at each determined subframe location using the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI.
  • the present invention also provides a user equipment UE, including:
  • a processor that reads a program in memory and performs the following process:
  • the radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the received reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • a transceiver for receiving and transmitting data under the control of a processor.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a DRX correspondence relationship between a UE and an eNB;
  • FIG. 2 is a flowchart of a paging message transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for a UE to receive a paging message according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention
  • FIG. 4 is a flowchart of a paging message transmission method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a method for a UE to receive a paging message according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention
  • FIG. 6 is a first schematic diagram of a paging message transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 7 is a second schematic diagram of a paging message transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 8 is a first schematic diagram of a UE according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a UE 2 according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 10 is a third schematic diagram of a paging message transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a fourth paging message transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 12 is a third schematic diagram of a UE according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention.
  • FIG. 13 is a fourth schematic diagram of a UE according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • LTE-A Advanced Long Term Evolution
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • user equipment includes but is not limited to a mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), a mobile phone (Mobile Telephone), a mobile phone (handset).
  • the user equipment can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), for example, the user equipment can be a mobile phone (or "cellular"
  • RAN Radio Access Network
  • the user equipment can be a mobile phone (or "cellular"
  • the telephone device, the computer with wireless communication function, etc., the user equipment can also be a mobile device that is portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in, or in-vehicle.
  • a base station may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal over one or more sectors over an air interface.
  • the base station can be used to convert the received air frame to the IP packet as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, wherein the remainder of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network.
  • IP Internet Protocol
  • the base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface.
  • the base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station in LTE (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B), the invention is not limited.
  • BTS Base Transceiver Station
  • NodeB base station
  • NodeB evolved base station
  • LTE Long Term Evolutional Node B
  • the first embodiment of the present invention provides a paging message transmission mechanism that supports repeated transmission of paging messages, which can implement coverage enhancement and solve the coverage problem of M2M transmission.
  • the paging message transmission method provided in Embodiment 1 of the present invention includes:
  • Step 201 determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
  • the number M of repeated transmissions of the paging message may be determined according to the coverage enhancement target, such as 15 dB.
  • the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T may be determined according to the manner agreed by the protocol; or the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T may be determined according to the paging requirement, and The total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging cycle T is notified to the UE by higher layer signaling.
  • Step 202 Determine a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to Initial reference radio frame time difference D, not less than Radio frames;
  • the network side notifies the terminal of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter by using high layer signaling, and of course, other manners may also be adopted.
  • the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is located in the existing protocol may be used, or may be adjusted based on the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is located in the existing protocol.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter indicates how long after the start reference radio frame does not occur another start reference radio frame.
  • D is not less than Radio frames, that is, the start reference radio frame determined by initiating the reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, so that D-1 radio frames after the start reference radio frame are not used as the starting reference for another paging message.
  • Wireless frame use In this way, the radio frames or subframes occupied by the repeated transmission of two adjacent different paging messages can be made to overlap each other.
  • Step 203 Determine a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter.
  • the initial reference radio frame of the paging message is determined according to the initial reference radio frame calculation formula.
  • Step 204 Determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the initial reference radio frame Since the initial reference radio frame is determined and the D-1 radio frames are not used as the starting reference radio frame of another paging message after the initial reference radio frame, the initial reference radio frame can be used. And in the following D-1 radio frames, according to the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted is determined, so that the total number of repeated transmissions reaches M.
  • Step 205 Send the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the paging message transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention solves the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message.
  • the D- after the reference radio frame starts from the beginning of the paging message.
  • N radio frames are not used as the starting reference radio frame of another paging message, so two different adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, which can simplify the system scheduling problem.
  • the first embodiment of the present invention provides a method for a UE to receive a paging message, including:
  • Step 301 determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
  • the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T may be determined according to the manner agreed by the protocol or according to the notification on the network side.
  • Step 302 Receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, where the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Radio frames;
  • Step 303 Determine a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter.
  • Step 304 Determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • Step 305 Receive a paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the paging message transmission method provided by the first embodiment of the present invention solves the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message.
  • the D- after the reference radio frame starts from the beginning of the paging message.
  • Neither radio frame is used as the starting reference radio frame for another paging message, so different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time.
  • the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is located in the existing protocol may be used, or may be adjusted based on the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is located in the existing protocol.
  • a specific implementation of how to determine the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is given below.
  • Both the network side and the terminal use the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is calculated in the existing protocol.
  • SFN is the system frame number of the starting reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • the UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE that is paged by the paging message, and according to the existing protocol, the UE_ID is the IMSI mod 1024;
  • nB_CE is a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • nB_CE is a value in the set T/2 m , and m is an integer not less than 0, that is, nB_CE is selected from T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32... a value
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • M ⁇ n*(T/nB_CE), so that D-1 radio frames after the start reference radio frame PF_ref are not used as the starting reference radio frame of another paging message. Therefore, the radio frame can be selected to complete the transmission of the paging message in the radio frame PF_ref and thereafter (T/nB_CE)-1 radio frames.
  • the calculation formula for calculating the radio frame PF_ref is obtained.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame PF_ref adopted by the network side and the terminal is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • N min(T, nB)
  • nB is a set.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the network side and the terminal determine the specific implementation manner of the subframe in which the paging message is transmitted:
  • N different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is transmitted.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than Radio frames, M ⁇ n*(T/nB_CE) or M ⁇ n*X.
  • the radio frames that can be used for the paging message transmission are more than the radio frames required to implement the M transmissions, and therefore occupy some of the available radio frames.
  • the predetermined reference radio frames can be determined according to predefined rules. After D-1 radio frames, choose to occupy them. Radio frames. Specifically, it can be Wireless frames or after Radio frames or any selected Radio frames. The same predefined rules should be used on the network side and the terminal side. That is, which radio frames are occupied may be predefined or determined by a predefined pattern pattern.
  • N different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the network side and the terminal may determine n subframes for paging message transmission on each radio frame as follows:
  • the network side selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and selects the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame. Notify the UE.
  • the network notifies the terminal which subframes are specifically occupied by a terminal in one radio frame.
  • the subframe occupation mode determined by the network side, or the predetermined selection manner agreed by the network side and the terminal may be, but is not limited to, As follows:
  • i_s floor(UE_ID/N) mod Ns
  • the determined plurality of subframes may be a plurality of subframes occupied by a PDSCH channel carrying a paging message.
  • the paging message is sent by using the PDSCH in each determined subframe position, which specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts a predefined transmission mode, that is, adopts a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transmission block size TBS, a modulation mode, or selects a plurality of predefined transmission modes.
  • a predefined transmission mode that is, adopts a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transmission block size TBS, a modulation mode, or selects a plurality of predefined transmission modes.
  • One of them is to select one of a plurality of sets of transmission modes consisting of a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes.
  • the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH channel may not be scheduled using PDCCH.
  • the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH channel may adopt PDCCH scheduling, and the radio frame and the subframe position of the PDCCH channel may be determined according to a timing relationship between the PDCCH and the PDSCH: adopting a physical downlink control channel PDCCH, The repeated PDSCH is scheduled, and the last subframe in which the PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the PDSCH is located, and k is a positive integer.
  • the receiving, by using the PDSCH, the paging message in each determined subframe position specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the scheduling information of the PDSCH determined by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the last subframe in which the PDCCH is located is the kth sub-frame before the start subframe where the PDSCH is located Frame, k is a positive integer;
  • the paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the PDSCH according to the scheduling information of the PDSCH.
  • sending the paging message on each determined subframe position includes:
  • the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
  • the paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
  • the second embodiment of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission method, as shown in FIG. 4, including:
  • Step 401 determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
  • Step 402 Determine a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and determine the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter.
  • Corresponding initial reference radio frame time difference D not less than Radio frames;
  • Step 403 Determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message.
  • Step 404 Determine, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
  • Step 405 Determine a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a positive integer;
  • Step 406 Determine, according to the initial reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, a subframe in which the paging message is transmitted;
  • Step 407 The paging message is transmitted at each determined subframe position by using a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the second embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for transmitting a paging message received by a UE, as shown in FIG. 5, including:
  • Step 501 determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
  • Step 502 Receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, where the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Radio frames;
  • Step 503 Determine, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message.
  • Step 504 Determine, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
  • Step 505 Determine a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a positive integer;
  • Step 506 Determine, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, a subframe in which the paging message is transmitted;
  • Step 507 Receive a paging message at each determined subframe position by using a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the multiple subframes determined based on the foregoing mechanism are repeated subframes for scheduling the control channel PDCCH channel of the PDSCH channel carrying the paging message.
  • the radio frame and the subframe position of the PDSCH channel carrying the paging message may be determined according to a timing relationship between the PDCCH and the PDSCH: the timing relationship may determine that the repeated PDCCH is transmitted before the PDSCH k subframes.
  • the manner of determining the subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is scheduled in this embodiment is determined in the same manner as the subframe in which the paging message is transmitted in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein.
  • the embodiment determines the subframe in which the paging message is transmitted according to the initial reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, as described in the foregoing embodiment. Detailed description is not repeated here.
  • the time difference between two adjacent paging subframes in one paging cycle in the existing paging mechanism is at least 1 subframe.
  • the paging time is directly transmitted by the terminal according to the paging time calculated by the existing mechanism as the starting point of the repeated transmission, the transmission of multiple paging messages at the adjacent paging moment will be in the same subframe.
  • Overlap which makes the scheduling of the system more complicated, and the system is not likely to configure so many PDCCHs in the same subframe to schedule the multiple paging messages to be transmitted in the same subframe; in addition, to distinguish multiple in the same subframe
  • the paging message may also require the system to configure multiple P-RNTIs.
  • the invention provides a transmission mechanism of a repeatedly transmitted paging message, the main idea of which is that the network determines the number of repeated transmissions of the coverage enhanced paging message; and determines the coverage enhanced paging message based on the repeated transmission times of the paging message network.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter of the transmission determines a plurality of subframes in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted based on the determined parameters and predefined rules.
  • the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved, and the method for scheduling the paging message by the network is relatively simple, and since the two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in the transmission time,
  • the control channel PDCCH and data channel PDSCH for transmitting paging messages require only one P-RNTI scrambling.
  • an embodiment of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission apparatus. Since the principle of solving the problem is similar to a paging message transmission method, the implementation of the apparatus can be implemented by referring to the method. It will not be repeated here.
  • a third embodiment of the present invention provides a paging message transmission apparatus, as shown in FIG. 6, including:
  • the number determining unit 601 is configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
  • the determining and notifying unit 602 is configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and determine the initial reference radio
  • the time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • the initial radio frame determining unit 603 is configured to determine a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
  • the occupied subframe determining unit 604 is configured to determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the repeating transmission unit 605 is configured to send the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • N min(T, nB)
  • nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the determining and notifying unit is equal to Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the occupied subframe determining unit is further configured to:
  • the same predetermined selection method is adopted with the UE, and n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame.
  • the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
  • the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
  • the device further comprises:
  • the number notification unit is configured to notify the UE by high layer signaling by using the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging period T.
  • the repeating transmission unit sends the paging message in each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, which specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the device further comprises:
  • a repeating scheduling unit configured to use the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, to schedule the repeated PDSCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth child before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located Frame, k is a positive integer.
  • the repeating transmission unit sends the paging message on each determined subframe position, which specifically includes:
  • the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
  • Embodiment 3 of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission apparatus, including a processor and a data transceiver, wherein:
  • the processor is configured to: determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of a paging message in a paging period T, and a number n of repetitions of transmissions on each radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame calculation formula And starting the reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and notifying the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference D is not less than Radio frames; determining a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter; determining a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n Transmitting, by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, the paging message at each determined subframe position;
  • the data transceiver is configured to send and receive data under the control of the processor to implement data communication between the processor and the UE.
  • the fourth embodiment of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission device, as shown in FIG. 7, comprising:
  • the number determining unit 701 is configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
  • the determining and notifying unit 702 is configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the determined initial reference radio
  • the time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • the first initial radio frame determining unit 703 is configured to determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message;
  • the first occupied subframe determining unit 704 determines, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, the subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
  • the second initial radio frame determining unit 705 is configured to determine a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the starting reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is Set a positive integer;
  • the second occupied subframe determining unit 706 is configured to determine, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the repeating transmission unit 707 is configured to transmit the paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • Embodiment 4 of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission apparatus, including a processor and a data transceiver, wherein:
  • the processor is configured to: determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of a paging message in a paging period T, and a number n of repetitions of transmissions on each radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame calculation formula And starting the reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and notifying the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference D is not less than Radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH for scheduling a paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter; and starting a reference radio frame according to the determined PDCCH starting paging message, M And n, determining a subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located; determining a radio frame in which the k-th subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located, is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message
  • the data transceiver is configured to send and receive data under the control of the processor to implement data communication between the processor and the UE.
  • the fifth embodiment of the present invention further provides a device for the UE, as shown in FIG. 8, including:
  • the number determining unit 801 is configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
  • the notification receiving unit 802 is configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter.
  • D not less than Radio frames;
  • the initial radio frame determining unit 803 determines a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • the occupied subframe determining unit 804 determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the repeat receiving unit 805 receives the paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
  • the SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter received by the notification receiving unit is equal to Radio frames;
  • the occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and subsequent D-1 radio frames Selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than Radio frames;
  • the occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: according to a predefined rule, from the determined initial reference radio frame and after D-1 In the wireless frame, select to occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the occupied subframe determining unit selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes:
  • n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
  • the occupied subframe determining unit determines, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, that the paging message is selected to be occupied on each occupied wireless frame.
  • the number determining unit is specifically configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side.
  • the receiving unit receives the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, and specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the UE further includes:
  • a scheduling determining unit configured to determine scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH by using the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe where the repeated PDCCH is located is before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located k subframes, k is a positive integer;
  • the repetition receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH according to scheduling information of the PDSCH.
  • the repeatedly receiving unit receives the paging message in each determined subframe position, and specifically includes:
  • the paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
  • Embodiment 5 of the present invention further provides a device UE, including a processor and a data transceiver, where:
  • the processor is configured to: determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame; and receive the initial reference radio frame transmitted by the network side Calculating the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the formula, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter; determining a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n Receiving, by the repeated PDSCH, the paging message at each determined subframe position;
  • the data transceiver is configured to send and receive data under the control of the processor to implement communication between the processor and the network side device.
  • the sixth embodiment of the present invention further provides a user equipment UE, as shown in FIG. 9, including:
  • the number determining unit 901 is configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
  • the notification receiving unit 902 is configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter.
  • D not less than Radio frames;
  • the first initial radio frame determining unit 903 is configured to determine, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message;
  • the first occupied subframe determining unit 904 is configured to determine, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
  • the second initial radio frame determining unit 905 determines that the radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a setting. Positive integer
  • the second occupied subframe determining unit 906 determines, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the repetition receiving unit 907 is configured to receive a paging message at each determined subframe position by using the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  • the sixth embodiment of the present invention further provides a user equipment UE, including a processor and a data transceiver, where:
  • the processor is configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame; and a starting reference radio frame transmitted by the receiving network side Calculating the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the formula, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH for scheduling a paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter; and starting a reference radio frame according to the determined PDCCH starting paging message, M And n, determining a subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located; determining a radio frame in which the k-th subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located, is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message , k is a positive integer; determining a subframe in
  • the data transceiver is configured to send and receive data under the control of the processor to implement communication between the processor and the network side device.
  • the network side device in the foregoing embodiment is an eNB.
  • the present invention further provides a paging message transmission apparatus, as shown in FIG. 10, comprising:
  • the processor 100 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following process:
  • the time difference configuration parameter is used to notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • the transceiver 101 sends a paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH;
  • the transceiver 101 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 100.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor 100 is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor 100 is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message
  • N min(T, nB)
  • nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor 100 is equal to Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor 100 is greater than Radio frames;
  • Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the processor 100 is further configured to:
  • the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
  • the processor 100 selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
  • the processor 100 is further configured to:
  • the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging cycle T is notified to the UE through higher layer signaling.
  • the processor 100 sends a paging message in each determined subframe position by using the repeated PDSCH by the transceiver 101, which specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts a predefined physical resource block PRB and a transport block size.
  • TBS modulation mode
  • the processor 100 is further configured to:
  • the transceivers 101 use the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH to schedule the repeated PDSCH, and the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe in which the repeated PDSCH is located, and k is set. A positive integer.
  • the processor 100 sends a paging message by using the transceiver 101 at each determined subframe position, which specifically includes:
  • the same or different radio network temporary identification P-RNTI scrambled paging message is used and transmitted.
  • the bus architecture can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 100 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • the transceiver 101 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the processor 100 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 500 when performing operations.
  • the present invention also provides a paging message transmission apparatus, as shown in FIG. 11, comprising:
  • the processor 110 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following processes:
  • the time difference configuration parameter is used to notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • the transceiver 111 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 110.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 110 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory. Bus architecture can also The linking of various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, is well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Transceiver 111 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the processor 110 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 500 in performing operations.
  • the present invention further provides a user equipment UE, as shown in FIG. 12, comprising:
  • the processor 120 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following process:
  • the received reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Radio frames;
  • the transceiver 121 receives the paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH;
  • the transceiver 121 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 120.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor 120 is specifically:
  • SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI
  • nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
  • nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  • the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor 120 is specifically:
  • the SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame
  • T is the paging message period
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter received by the processor 120 by the transceiver 121 is equal to Radio frames;
  • the processor 120 determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, where Selecting n different subframes for each occupied radio frame as a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor 121 by the transceiver 121 is greater than Radio frames;
  • the processor 120 determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, including: according to a predefined rule, from the determined initial reference radio frame and then D-1 radio frames Medium, choose to occupy For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the processor 120 selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes:
  • n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  • the processor 120 selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
  • the processor 120 is specifically configured to determine, according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side, the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T;
  • the processor 120 receives the paging message in each determined subframe position by using the repeated PDSCH by the transceiver 121, which specifically includes:
  • the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  • the processor 120 is further configured to:
  • the scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH determined by the transceiver 121 through the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe in which the repeated PDSCH is located.
  • k is a positive integer
  • the processor 120 is specifically configured to pass the repeated PDSCH according to the scheduling information of the PDSCH by using the transceiver 121.
  • a paging message is received at each determined subframe position.
  • the processor 120 receives the paging message in each determined subframe position, and specifically includes:
  • the P-RNTI descrambled paging message is temporarily identified by the transceiver 121 at each of the determined subframe locations using the same or different wireless networks.
  • the bus architecture can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 120 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory.
  • the bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Transceiver 121 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 120 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 120 when performing operations.
  • the present invention further provides a user equipment UE, as shown in FIG. 13, comprising:
  • the processor 130 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following process:
  • the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
  • the transceiver 131 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 130.
  • the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved.
  • the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
  • the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 130 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory.
  • the bus architecture also links various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits. It is well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein.
  • the bus interface provides an interface.
  • Transceiver 131 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium.
  • the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
  • the processor 130 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 130 when performing operations.
  • embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
  • computer-usable storage media including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.
  • the computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device.
  • the apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
  • These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device.
  • the instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Disclosed are a paging message transmission method and an apparatus. The method comprises: determining a total number of repeated transmission times M of a paging message in a paging cycle T and a number of repeated transmission times n on each radio frame; determining a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula and notifying a UE of the determined start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, wherein a start reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not smaller than ┌M/n┐ radio frames; determining a start reference radio frame of the paging message based on the determined start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter; determining a subframe where paging message transmission is located based on the determined start reference radio frame, M and n; and sending the paging message on each determined subframe position through repeated physical downlink shared channels (PDSCH). The present invention can solve a repeated paging message transmission problem of coverage enhancement and can also simplify a system scheduling problem.

Description

一种寻呼消息传输方法及装置Paging message transmission method and device
本申请要求在2014年1月23日提交中国专利局、申请号为201410032078.1、发明名称为“一种寻呼消息传输方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims priority to Chinese Patent Application No. 201410032078.1, entitled "Paging Message Transmission Method and Apparatus", filed on January 23, 2014, the entire contents of In the application.
技术领域Technical field
本发明涉及无线通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种寻呼消息传输方法及装置。The present invention relates to the field of wireless communication technologies, and in particular, to a paging message transmission method and apparatus.
背景技术Background technique
1)M2M1) M2M
机器间(Machine-to-machine,M2M)通信作为一种新型的通信理念,其目的是将多种不同类型的通信技术有机结合,如:机器对机器通信、机器控制通信、人机交互通信、移动互联通信,从而推动社会生产和生活方式的发展。预计未来人对人通信的业务可能仅占整个终端市场的1/3,而更大数量的通信是机器间(小带宽系统)通信业务。Machine-to-machine (M2M) communication is a new communication concept. Its purpose is to combine many different types of communication technologies, such as machine-to-machine communication, machine control communication, human-computer interaction communication, Mobile internet communication to promote social production and lifestyle development. It is expected that the business of human-to-human communication in the future may only account for 1/3 of the entire terminal market, and a larger amount of communication is the inter-machine (small bandwidth system) communication service.
当前的移动通信网络是针对人与人之间的通信设计的,如网络容量的确定等。如果希望利用移动通信网络来支持小带宽系统通信就需要根据小带宽系统通信的特点对移动通信系统的机制进行优化,以便能够在对传统的人与人通信不受或受较小影响的情况下,更好地实现小带宽系统通信。Current mobile communication networks are designed for communication between people, such as the determination of network capacity. If you want to use mobile communication networks to support small-bandwidth system communication, you need to optimize the mechanism of the mobile communication system according to the characteristics of small-bandwidth system communication, so that when traditional human-to-human communication is not affected or less affected. To better achieve small bandwidth system communication.
当前认识到的MTC通信可能存在的一些特性有:MTC终端具有低移动性;MTC终端与网络侧进行数据传输的时间是可控的;即MTC终端只能在网络指定的时间段内进行接入;MTC终端与网络侧进行的数据传输对实时性要求不高,即具有时间容忍性;MTC终端能量受限,要求极低的功率消耗;MTC终端和网络侧之间只进行小数据量的信息传输;MTC终端可以以组为单位进行管理;一个实际的MTC终端可以具有上述的一个或多个特性。Some features that may be present in the currently recognized MTC communication are: the MTC terminal has low mobility; the time for data transmission between the MTC terminal and the network side is controllable; that is, the MTC terminal can only access within a specified time period of the network. The data transmission performed by the MTC terminal and the network side does not require high real-time performance, that is, it has time tolerance; the MTC terminal has limited energy and requires extremely low power consumption; only small data amount information is transmitted between the MTC terminal and the network side. Transmission; the MTC terminal can be managed in units of groups; an actual MTC terminal can have one or more of the above characteristics.
在第三代移动通信系统以及其长期演进系统(Long Term Evolution,LTE)中需要支持机器型通信(Machine Type Communications,MTC)功能。一台MTC设备(MTC终端)可能具有多种M2M通信特性之中的部分特性,如低移动性、传输数据量小、对通信时延不敏感、要求极低功耗等特征。In the third generation mobile communication system and its Long Term Evolution (LTE), it is necessary to support the Machine Type Communications (MTC) function. An MTC device (MTC terminal) may have some of the characteristics of various M2M communication characteristics, such as low mobility, small amount of transmitted data, insensitivity to communication delay, and extremely low power consumption.
2)M2M传输的覆盖增强技术2) Coverage enhancement technology for M2M transmission
在现有的基于GSM技术的M2M网络中,运营商发现在有些场景下工作的终端,比如工作于地下室、商场或者建筑角落的终端,由于无线信号被严重遮挡,信号受到很大的衰 减,上述终端无法与网络进行通信,而针对这些场景下进行网络的深度覆盖会大大增加网络的建网成本。运营商经过测试,认为需要对GSM的现有覆盖增强15dB才可满足上述场景的覆盖需求。后续LTE技术会替代GSM用于M2M传输,由于LTE与GSM覆盖基本相当,因此,LTE技术也需要增强15dB的覆盖来满足上述场景下的M2M传输要求。In the existing GSM-based M2M network, operators find that terminals working in some scenarios, such as terminals working in basements, shopping malls, or building corners, are severely damped due to severe occlusion of wireless signals. Subtract, the above terminal can not communicate with the network, and the deep coverage of the network for these scenarios will greatly increase the network construction cost. The operator has been tested and believes that it is necessary to enhance the existing coverage of GSM by 15 dB to meet the coverage requirements of the above scenarios. Subsequent LTE technology will replace GSM for M2M transmission. Since LTE and GSM coverage are basically the same, LTE technology also needs to enhance 15dB coverage to meet the M2M transmission requirements in the above scenario.
3)LTE系统中终端接收寻呼消息的机制3) Mechanism for the terminal to receive paging messages in the LTE system
网络可以向空闲状态和连接状态的UE发送寻呼。寻呼过程可以由核心网触发,用于通知某个UE接收寻呼请求,或者由eNB触发,用于通知系统信息更新,以及通知UE接收地震海啸预警系统(Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System,ETWS)或商业移动告警服务(Commercial Mobile Alert Service,CMAS)等信息。特别需要说明的是,对于处于连接态的MTC终端,寻呼消息主要用于告知终端系统消息的更新。The network can send a page to the UE in the idle state and the connected state. The paging process may be triggered by the core network to notify a certain UE to receive a paging request, or triggered by the eNB, to notify the system information update, and notify the UE to receive an Earthquake and Tsunami Warning System (ETWS) or Information such as the Commercial Mobile Alert Service (CMAS). In particular, for the MTC terminal in the connected state, the paging message is mainly used to inform the terminal system of the update of the message.
目前的LTE协议规定,寻呼消息采用无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Temporary Identifier,P-RNTI)加扰的物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)调度,在物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Shared Channel,PDSCH)中传输(可以调度在下行数据带宽的任意位置);一条寻呼消息最多可以寻呼16个用户,寻呼消息中包含各个被寻呼用户的终端寻呼标识。The current LTE protocol stipulates that the paging message is scheduled by the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH) scrambled by the Radio Network Temporary Identifier (P-RNTI), and is in the physical downlink shared channel (Physical Downlink Shared). Channel (PDSCH) transmission (can be scheduled anywhere in the downlink data bandwidth); a paging message can page up to 16 users, and the paging message contains the terminal paging identifier of each paged user.
寻呼消息根据容量需求,在每一个无线帧中可以配置在1或2或4个子帧传输不同的寻呼消息,具体见表2a和表2b所示:According to the capacity requirement, paging messages can be configured to transmit different paging messages in 1 or 2 or 4 subframes in each radio frame, as shown in Table 2a and Table 2b.
表2a寻呼消息的子帧配置(FDD)Table 2a Subframe Configuration (FDD) of Paging Messages
NsNs PO when i_s=0PO when i_s=0 PO when i_s=1_PO when i_s=1_ PO when i_s=2PO when i_s=2 PO when i_s=3PO when i_s=3
  99 N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A
  44 99 N/AN/A N/AN/A
  00 44 55 99
表2b寻呼消息的子帧配置TDD(all UL/DL configurations):Table 2b subframe configuration TDD (all UL/DL configurations):
ss PO when i_s=0PO when i_s=0 PO when i_s=1PO when i_s=1 PO when i_s=2PO when i_s=2 PO when i_s=3PO when i_s=3
  00 N/AN/A N/AN/A N/AN/A
  00 55 N/AN/A N/AN/A
  00 11 55 66
出于节电的考虑,UE的寻呼接收遵循非连续接收的不连续接收(Discontinuous Reception,DRX)原则。如图1所示,每个小区会在系统信息中广播小区默认的DRX寻呼周期给小区内的所有UE,每个UE也可以根据自身的电量与寻呼系统消息来设置UE特 定的DRX周期,通过非接入层(Non-access Stratum,NAS)消息Attach Request或者TAU Request将UE特定的DRX周期发送给MME。MME通过S1应用协议(S1Application protocol,S1AP)的寻呼消息将被寻呼UE的特定DRX信息传递给eNB。eNB既有从MME接收的每个UE所使用的特定DRX信息,也保留系统信息广播的默认DRX寻呼周期。UE接收系统信息中广播的默认DRX寻呼周期,同时也可能配置自身的特定DRX。For power saving reasons, the paging reception of the UE follows the discontinuous reception (Discontinuous Reception (DRX) principle of discontinuous reception. As shown in Figure 1, each cell broadcasts a default DRX paging cycle of the cell to all UEs in the cell in the system information. Each UE can also set the UE according to its own power and paging system messages. The predetermined DRX cycle is to send the UE-specific DRX cycle to the MME through a Non-Access Stratum (NAS) message Attach Request or TAU Request. The MME delivers the specific DRX information of the paged UE to the eNB through a paging message of the S1 Application Protocol (S1AP). The eNB has both the specific DRX information used by each UE received from the MME and the default DRX paging cycle of the system information broadcast. The UE receives the default DRX paging cycle broadcasted in the system information, and may also configure its own specific DRX.
如果UE与eNB同时保有两对内容相同的寻呼DRX配置(默认DRX寻呼周期以及UE特定DRX),将使用相同的规则筛选出其中的一对作为寻呼监听的周期T。所以eNB与UE的寻呼周期配置总是能够匹配的,eNB按照寻呼周期与寻呼时刻在空口下发对UE的寻呼消息,UE可以在相对应的正确寻呼时刻进行接收。If the UE and the eNB maintain two pairs of the same paging DRX configuration (the default DRX paging cycle and the UE-specific DRX), the same rule is used to filter out one of the pair as the paging T period T. Therefore, the paging cycle configuration of the eNB and the UE can always be matched. The eNB sends a paging message to the UE in the air interface according to the paging cycle and the paging time, and the UE can receive the corresponding correct paging moment.
UE以及网络侧通过UE自身的国际移动签约标识(International Mobile Subscriber Identity,IMSI)计算出UE标识(UE ID),并使用相同的寻呼周期T计算该UE所处的寻呼时刻(系统帧号(System Frame Number,SFN)+子帧位置i_s),具体公式如下:The UE and the network side calculate the UE identity (UE ID) through the UE's own International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI), and use the same paging cycle T to calculate the paging time (system frame number) at which the UE is located. (System Frame Number, SFN) + subframe position i_s), the specific formula is as follows:
在一个寻呼周期T内,寻呼消息所在的无线帧的位置为:In a paging cycle T, the location of the radio frame in which the paging message is located is:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N)SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod N)
在寻呼消息的所在无线帧中,寻呼消息所在的子帧根据下面公式计算出的i-s和表2确定。In the radio frame in which the paging message is located, the subframe in which the paging message is located is determined according to the i-s and table 2 calculated by the following formula.
i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsI_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
其中,div表示除运算,mod表示取余运算,floor为向下取整运算。Where div means divide operation, mod means remainder operation, and floor is rounding down.
上面两个公式中涉及的参数的计算方式如下:The parameters involved in the above two formulas are calculated as follows:
nB:4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32,为每个寻呼消息配置一个nB;nB: 4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32, configuring one nB for each paging message;
N:min(T,nB)N:min(T,nB)
Ns:max(1,nB/T)Ns:max(1,nB/T)
UE_ID:IMSI mod 1024。UE_ID: IMSI mod 1024.
在每一个寻呼周期内,UE仅在基于上述规则确定的一个子帧位置监听寻呼信息,接收其中的公共通知信息,并寻找其中是否包含自己的Paging UE ID,该Paging UE ID可能是国际移动签约标识(International Mobile Subscriber Identity,IMSI)或者临时移动用户标识(System Architecture Evolution Temporary Mobile Station Identifier,S-TMSI)。During each paging cycle, the UE only listens to the paging information in a subframe position determined based on the foregoing rule, receives the public notification information therein, and searches for whether it includes its own Paging UE ID, which may be international. International Mobile Subscriber Identity (IMSI) or System Architecture Evolution Temporary Mobile Station Identifier (S-TMSI).
要做到15dB的覆盖增强,一种较为可行的方法是对LTE系统现有信道采用重复传输等技术,例如几十次至上百次的重复可以达到15dB的覆盖增强。但采用现有寻呼消息的传输机制,在每一个寻呼周期内,UE仅在相应的一个子帧位置监听寻呼信息,没有寻呼消息的重复传输机制,因此对于需要覆盖增强的终端无法正确接收到基于现有机制传输的寻呼消息。 To achieve 15dB coverage enhancement, a more feasible method is to use repeated transmission techniques such as LTE system existing channels, for example, dozens to hundreds of repetitions can achieve 15dB coverage enhancement. However, with the transmission mechanism of the existing paging message, the UE monitors the paging information only in the corresponding one subframe position in each paging cycle, and there is no repeated transmission mechanism of the paging message, so the terminal that needs coverage enhancement cannot be used. Paging messages transmitted based on existing mechanisms are correctly received.
发明内容Summary of the invention
为了使在覆盖增强场景下终端可以正确接收寻呼消息,本发明实施例提供一种覆盖增强的寻呼消息的传输方法及装置。In order to enable the terminal to correctly receive the paging message in the coverage enhancement scenario, the embodiment of the present invention provides a method and an apparatus for transmitting the enhanced enhanced paging message.
本发明实施例提供一种寻呼消息传输方法,包括:The embodiment of the invention provides a paging message transmission method, including:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000001
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000002
表示向上取整;
Determining a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notifying the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to Initial reference radio frame time difference D, not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000001
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000002
Indicates rounding up;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;Determining a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息。The paging message is transmitted at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
优选地,起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, and nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧,这里要求M<=n*X.其中n为一个无线帧中的寻呼消息的子帧个数。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames, where M<=n*X is required, where n is the number of subframes of the paging message in one radio frame.
优选地,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000003
个无线帧;
Preferably, the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to a starting reference radio frame time difference D is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000003
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括: 选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, including: Selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, and selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者or
所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000004
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000004
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000005
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000005
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,该方法还包括:Preferably, the method further comprises:
与UE约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the UE, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧之后,将在每个占用的无线帧上选择的子帧信息通知UE。After selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
优选地,n=1时,在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:Preferably, when n=1, the n subframes that are occupied are selected on each occupied radio frame, which specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T a value in /2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
优选地,该方法还包括:Preferably, the method further comprises:
将确定的寻呼消息在每一个寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,通过高层信令通知UE。The total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging cycle T is notified to the UE through higher layer signaling.
优选地,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the sending, by using the repeated PDSCH, the paging message on each determined subframe position, specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
优选地,该方法还包括:Preferably, the method further comprises:
采用重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,调度所述重复的PDSCH,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数。 Scheduling the repeated PDSCH by using a repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located, and k is set A positive integer.
优选地,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the sending the paging message on each determined subframe position includes:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰所述寻呼消息后发送。At each determined subframe position, the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
本发明还提供一种寻呼消息传输方法,包括:The invention also provides a paging message transmission method, comprising:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000006
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000007
表示向上取整;
Determining a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notifying the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to Initial reference radio frame time difference D, not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000006
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000007
Indicates rounding up;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH scheduling a paging message;
根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;Determining a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a positive integer;
根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上传输所述寻呼消息。The paging message is transmitted at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
本发明还提供一种UE接收寻呼消息的方法,包括:The present invention also provides a method for a UE to receive a paging message, including:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000008
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000009
表示向上取整;
Receiving a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000008
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000009
Indicates rounding up;
根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;Determining a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
优选地,起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移 动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;The SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and the UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), and nB is the set [4T, 2T, T, A value in T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000010
个无线帧;
Preferably, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000010
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者or
所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000011
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000011
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000012
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000012
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:Preferably, n different subframes are selected as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
与网络侧约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the network side, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
根据网络侧通知的子帧信息,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。According to the subframe information notified by the network side, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,n=1时,在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:Preferably, when n=1, the n subframes that are occupied are selected on each occupied radio frame, which specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, A value in T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者 Or
当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
优选地,根据网络侧的高层信令通知,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M。Preferably, the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T is determined according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side.
优选地,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the paging message is received at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, and specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
优选地,该方法还包括:Preferably, the method further comprises:
通过重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,确定的重复的PDSCH的调度信息,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数;The scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH is determined by the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located, where k is Set a positive integer;
根据PDSCH的调度信息,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the repeated PDSCH according to the scheduling information of the PDSCH.
优选地,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, receiving the paging message on each determined subframe position includes:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI解扰所述寻呼消息。The paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
本发明还提供一种UE接收寻呼消息传输方法,包括:The present invention also provides a method for transmitting a paging message received by a UE, including:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000013
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000014
表示向上取整;
Receiving a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000013
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000014
Indicates rounding up;
根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;Determining, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message;
根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;Determining a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a positive integer;
根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息。A paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
本发明还提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,包括: The invention also provides a paging message transmission device, comprising:
次数确定单元,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;a number determining unit, configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
确定及通知单元,用于确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000015
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000016
表示向上取整;
a determining and notifying unit, configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the determined initial reference radio frame The time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000015
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000016
Indicates rounding up;
起始无线帧确定单元,用于根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;And an initial radio frame determining unit, configured to determine a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
占用子帧确定单元,用于根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;An occupied subframe determining unit, configured to determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
重复传输单元,用于通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息。And a repeating transmission unit, configured to send the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
优选地,所述确定及通知单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, and nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,所述确定及通知单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,所述确定及通知单元所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000017
个无线帧;
Preferably, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the determining and notifying unit is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000017
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者or
所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000018
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000018
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000019
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000019
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,占用子帧确定单元还用于:Preferably, the occupied subframe determining unit is further configured to:
与UE约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the UE, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧之后,将在每个占用的无线帧上选择的子帧信息通知UE。After selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
优选地,n=1时,占用子帧确定单元在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:Preferably, when n=1, the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T a value in /2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
优选地,还包括:Preferably, the method further comprises:
次数通知单元,用于将确定的寻呼消息在每一个寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,通过高层信令通知UE。The number notification unit is configured to notify the UE by high layer signaling by using the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging period T.
优选地,重复传输单元通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the repeating transmission unit sends the paging message in each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, which specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
优选地,还包括:Preferably, the method further comprises:
重复调度单元,用于采用重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,调度所述重复的PDSCH,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数。a repeating scheduling unit, configured to use the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, to schedule the repeated PDSCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth child before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located Frame, k is a positive integer.
优选地,重复传输单元在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the repeating transmission unit sends the paging message on each determined subframe position, which specifically includes:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰所述 寻呼消息后发送。At the determined subframe position, the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the said Send after paging message.
本发明还提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,包括:The invention also provides a paging message transmission device, comprising:
次数确定单元,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;a number determining unit, configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
确定及通知单元,用于确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000020
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000021
表示向上取整;
a determining and notifying unit, configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the determined initial reference radio frame The time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000020
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000021
Indicates rounding up;
第一起始无线帧确定单元,用于根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;a first initial radio frame determining unit, configured to determine a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
第一占用子帧确定单元,根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;The first occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, the subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
第二起始无线帧确定单元,用于确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;a second start radio frame determining unit, configured to determine a radio frame where the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located, is a starting reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is set Positive integer
第二占用子帧确定单元,用于根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;a second occupied subframe determining unit, configured to determine, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
重复传输单元,用于通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上传输所述寻呼消息。And a repeating transmission unit, configured to transmit the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
本发明还提供一种用户设备UE,包括:The present invention also provides a user equipment UE, including:
次数确定单元,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;a number determining unit, configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
通知接收单元,用于接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000022
个无线帧;
a notification receiving unit, configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter ,not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000022
Radio frames;
起始无线帧确定单元,根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;The initial radio frame determining unit determines a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
占用子帧确定单元,根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
重复接收单元,通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The repeating receiving unit receives the paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时, 不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved, and when the paging message is transmitted by using the method, Different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, which can also simplify system scheduling problems.
优选地,起始无线帧确定单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,起始无线帧确定单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;The SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and the UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), and nB is the set [4T, 2T, T, A value in T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,通知接收单元所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000023
个无线帧;
Preferably, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter received by the notification receiving unit is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000023
Radio frames;
占用子帧确定单元根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and subsequent D-1 radio frames Selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者or
所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000024
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000024
Radio frames;
占用子帧确定单元根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000025
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
The occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: according to a predefined rule, from the determined initial reference radio frame and after D-1 In the wireless frame, select to occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000025
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,占用子帧确定单元在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:Preferably, the occupied subframe determining unit selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes:
与网络侧约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the network side, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
根据网络侧通知的子帧信息,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。According to the subframe information notified by the network side, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,n=1时,占用子帧确定单元在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括: Preferably, when n=1, the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, A value in T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,占用子帧确定单元基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2, or 4, the occupied subframe determining unit determines, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, that the paging message is selected to be occupied on each occupied wireless frame. The subframe is all subframes corresponding to i_s=0 to i_s=n.
优选地,次数确定单元具体用于根据网络侧的高层信令通知,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M。Preferably, the number determining unit is specifically configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side.
优选地,重复接收单元通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the receiving unit receives the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, and specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
优选地,还包括:Preferably, the method further comprises:
调度确定单元,用于通过重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,确定的重复的PDSCH的调度信息,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数;a scheduling determining unit, configured to determine scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH by using the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe where the repeated PDCCH is located is before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located k subframes, k is a positive integer;
所述重复接收单元具体用于根据PDSCH的调度信息,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The repetition receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH according to scheduling information of the PDSCH.
优选地,所述重复接收单元在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the repeatedly receiving unit receives the paging message in each determined subframe position, and specifically includes:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI解扰所述寻呼消息。The paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
本发明还提供一种用户设备UE,包括:The present invention also provides a user equipment UE, including:
次数确定单元,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;a number determining unit, configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
通知接收单元,用于接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000026
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000027
表示向上取整;
a notification receiving unit, configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter ,not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000026
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000027
Indicates rounding up;
第一起始无线帧确定单元,用于根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;a first initial radio frame determining unit, configured to determine, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message;
第一占用子帧确定单元,用于根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、 M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;a first occupied subframe determining unit, configured to start a reference radio frame according to the PDCCH of the determined scheduling paging message, M and n, determining a subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located;
第二起始无线帧确定单元,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;a second initial radio frame determining unit determines a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located, is a starting reference radio subframe of the paging message, and k is a positive setting Integer
第二占用子帧确定单元,根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The second occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
重复接收单元,用于通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息。And a repeating receiving unit, configured to receive, by using the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, a paging message at each determined subframe position.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
利用本发明提供的寻呼消息的传输方法及装置,具有以下有益效果:The method and device for transmitting paging messages provided by the present invention have the following beneficial effects:
可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。The problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
本发明还提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,包括:The invention also provides a paging message transmission device, comprising:
处理器,用于读取存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:A processor for reading a program in the memory, performing the following process:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n,以及通过收发机确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000028
个无线帧,其中,表示向上取整;
Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame, and determining the initial reference radio frame time difference in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula by the transceiver The configuration parameter is used to notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000028
Wireless frames, where Indicates rounding up;
以及根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧,根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,并通过收发机,通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息;And determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of the paging message, determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and passing Transceiver, sending, by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, the paging message at each determined subframe position;
收发机,用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。A transceiver for receiving and transmitting data under the control of a processor.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
优选地,所述处理器使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, and nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,所述处理器所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*X SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,所述处理器所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000030
个无线帧;
Preferably, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000030
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者or
所述处理器所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000031
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000031
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000032
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000032
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
与UE约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the UE, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧之后,将在每个占用的无线帧上选择的子帧信息通知UE。After selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
优选地,n=1时,所述处理器在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:Preferably, when n=1, the processor selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T a value in /2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
优选地,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
通过过收发机,将确定的寻呼消息在每一个寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,通过高层信令通知UE。 Through the transceiver, the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging cycle T is notified to the UE through higher layer signaling.
优选地,所述处理器通过收发机通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the processor sends the paging message in each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH by the transceiver, which specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
优选地,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
通过收发机采用重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,调度所述重复的PDSCH,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数。The repeated PDSCH is scheduled by the transceiver using a repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located, k To set a positive integer.
优选地,所述处理器通过收发机在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the sending, by the transceiver, the paging message by using the transceiver at each determined subframe position, specifically:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰所述寻呼消息后发送。At each determined subframe position, the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
本发明还提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,包括:The invention also provides a paging message transmission device, comprising:
处理器,用于读取存储器中的程序,并执行下列过程:A processor that reads a program in memory and performs the following procedures:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;并通过收发机确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000033
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000034
表示向上取整;
Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame; and determining, by the transceiver, the initial reference radio frame time difference in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula The configuration parameter is used to notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000033
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000034
Indicates rounding up;
以及根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧,根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数,并根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;以及通过收发机通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上传输所述寻呼消息;And determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH scheduling the paging message, and starting the reference radio frame, M and n according to the determined PDCCH starting paging message, Determining a subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located, determining a radio frame in which the k-th subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is Setting a positive integer, and determining a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the start reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message; and determining, by the transceiver, through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Transmitting the paging message at each subframe position;
收发机,用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。A transceiver for receiving and transmitting data under the control of a processor.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
本发明还提供一种用户设备UE,包括:The present invention also provides a user equipment UE, including:
处理器,用于读取存储器中的程序,并执行以下过程:A processor that reads a program in memory and performs the following process:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n,并通过收发机接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间 差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000035
个无线帧;
Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame, and receiving the start in the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame transmitted by the network side through the transceiver Referring to the radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000035
Radio frames;
以及根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧,根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,并通过收发机通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息;And determining, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the initial reference radio frame of the paging message, determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and passing Receiving, by the transceiver, the paging message on each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH;
收发机,用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。A transceiver for receiving and transmitting data under the control of a processor.
优选地,所述处理器所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,所述处理器所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;The SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and the UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), and nB is the set [4T, 2T, T, A value in T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,所述处理器通过收发机所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000036
个无线帧;
Preferably, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter received by the transceiver by the transceiver is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000036
Radio frames;
所述处理器根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, by the processor, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, Selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者or
所述处理器通过收发机所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000037
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the transceiver by the transceiver is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000037
Radio frames;
所述处理器根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000038
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
Determining, by the processor, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, specifically: according to a predefined rule, from the determined initial reference radio frame and then D-1 wireless In the frame, select to occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000038
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,所述处理器在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:Preferably, the processor selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes:
与网络侧约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧 作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者Selecting the same predetermined selection method from the network side, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame. a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
根据网络侧通知的子帧信息,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。According to the subframe information notified by the network side, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,n=1时,所述处理器在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:Preferably, when n=1, the processor selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, A value in T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,所述处理器基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2, or 4, the processor determines, according to the relationship between different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, that the paging message selects the occupied subframe on each occupied radio frame. The frame is all subframes corresponding to i_s=0 to i_s=n.
优选地,所述处理器具体用于根据网络侧的高层信令通知,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M;Preferably, the processor is specifically configured to determine, according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side, the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T;
优选地,所述处理器通过收发机通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the processor receives the paging message in each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH by the transceiver, and specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
优选地,所述处理器还用于:Preferably, the processor is further configured to:
通过收发机通过重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,确定的重复的PDSCH的调度信息,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数;The scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH determined by the transceiver through the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located , k is a positive integer;
所述处理器具体用于通过收发机,根据PDSCH的调度信息,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The processor is specifically configured to receive, by using a transceiver, the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH according to scheduling information of the PDSCH.
优选地,所述处理器在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the receiving, by the processor, the paging message in each determined subframe position, specifically:
通过收发机在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI解扰所述寻呼消息。The paging message is descrambled by the transceiver at each determined subframe location using the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI.
本发明还提供一种用户设备UE,包括:The present invention also provides a user equipment UE, including:
处理器,用于读取存储器中的程序,并执行以下过程:A processor that reads a program in memory and performs the following process:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n,通过收发机接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D, 不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000039
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000040
表示向上取整;
Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame, and receiving the initial reference in the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame transmitted by the network side through the transceiver The radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the received reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000039
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000040
Indicates rounding up;
以及根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧,根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧,以及确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数,以及根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,通过收发机通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息;And determining, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH scheduling the paging message, and starting the reference radio frame, M and n according to the determined PDCCH starting paging message, Determining a subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located, and determining a radio frame in which the k-th subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH in which the paging message is scheduled is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, k To set a positive integer, and to determine the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the start reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, through the transceiver through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, in the determined Receiving a paging message at each subframe position;
收发机,用于在处理器的控制下接收和发送数据。A transceiver for receiving and transmitting data under the control of a processor.
这样,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。In this way, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
附图说明DRAWINGS
图1为UE与eNB的DRX对应关系示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a DRX correspondence relationship between a UE and an eNB;
图2为本发明实施例一所提供的寻呼消息传输方法流程图;2 is a flowchart of a paging message transmission method according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention;
图3为本发明实施例一所提供的UE接收寻呼消息的方法流程图;FIG. 3 is a flowchart of a method for a UE to receive a paging message according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention;
图4为本发明实施例二所提供的寻呼消息传输方法流程图;4 is a flowchart of a paging message transmission method according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention;
图5为本发明实施例二所提供的UE接收寻呼消息的方法流程图;FIG. 5 is a flowchart of a method for a UE to receive a paging message according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention;
图6为本发明实施例三所提供的寻呼消息传输装置第一示意图;FIG. 6 is a first schematic diagram of a paging message transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention; FIG.
图7为本发明实施例四所提供的寻呼消息传输装置第二示意图;FIG. 7 is a second schematic diagram of a paging message transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention; FIG.
图8为本发明实施例五所提供的UE第一示意图;FIG. 8 is a first schematic diagram of a UE according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention;
图9为本发明实施例六所提供的UE二示意图。FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a UE 2 according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
图10为本发明实施例三所提供的寻呼消息传输装置第三示意图;10 is a third schematic diagram of a paging message transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 3 of the present invention;
图11为本发明实施例四所提供的寻呼消息传输装置四示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a fourth paging message transmission apparatus according to Embodiment 4 of the present invention; FIG.
图12为本发明实施例五所提供的UE第三示意图;FIG. 12 is a third schematic diagram of a UE according to Embodiment 5 of the present invention;
图13为本发明实施例六所提供的UE第四示意图。FIG. 13 is a fourth schematic diagram of a UE according to Embodiment 6 of the present invention.
具体实施方式detailed description
为使本发明实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合本发明实施例中的附图,对本发明实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、完整地描述,显然,所描述的实施例是本发明一部分实施例,而不是全部的实施例。基于本发明中的实施例,本领域普通技术人员在没有作出创造性劳动前提下所获得的所有其他实施例,都属于本发明保护的范围。 The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present invention will be clearly and completely described in conjunction with the drawings in the embodiments of the present invention. It is a partial embodiment of the invention, and not all of the embodiments. All other embodiments obtained by those skilled in the art based on the embodiments of the present invention without creative efforts are within the scope of the present invention.
应理解,本发明的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、先进的长期演进(Advanced long term evolution,LTE-A)系统、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)等。It should be understood that the technical solution of the present invention can be applied to various communication systems, for example, a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and a wideband code division. Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, Advanced Long Term Evolution (LTE-A) System, Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), etc.
还应理解,在本发明实施例中,用户设备(UE,User Equipment)包括但不限于移动台(MS,Mobile Station)、移动终端(Mobile Terminal)、移动电话(Mobile Telephone)、手机(handset)及便携设备(portable equipment)等,该用户设备可以经无线接入网(Radio Access Network,RAN)与一个或多个核心网进行通信,例如,用户设备可以是移动电话(或称为“蜂窝”电话)、具有无线通信功能的计算机等,用户设备还可以是便携式、袖珍式、手持式、计算机内置的或者车载的移动装置。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present invention, user equipment (UE, User Equipment) includes but is not limited to a mobile station (MS, Mobile Station), a mobile terminal (Mobile Terminal), a mobile phone (Mobile Telephone), a mobile phone (handset). And portable devices, etc., the user equipment can communicate with one or more core networks via a Radio Access Network (RAN), for example, the user equipment can be a mobile phone (or "cellular" The telephone device, the computer with wireless communication function, etc., the user equipment can also be a mobile device that is portable, pocket-sized, handheld, built-in, or in-vehicle.
在本发明实施例中,基站(例如,接入点)可以是指接入网中在空中接口上通过一个或多个扇区与无线终端通信的设备。基站可用于将收到的空中帧与IP分组进行相互转换,作为无线终端与接入网的其余部分之间的路由器,其中接入网的其余部分可包括网际协议(IP)网络。基站还可协调对空中接口的属性管理。例如,基站可以是GSM或CDMA中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是WCDMA中的基站(NodeB),还可以是LTE中的演进型基站(NodeB或eNB或e-NodeB,evolutional Node B),本发明并不限定。In an embodiment of the invention, a base station (e.g., an access point) may refer to a device in an access network that communicates with a wireless terminal over one or more sectors over an air interface. The base station can be used to convert the received air frame to the IP packet as a router between the wireless terminal and the rest of the access network, wherein the remainder of the access network can include an Internet Protocol (IP) network. The base station can also coordinate attribute management of the air interface. For example, the base station may be a Base Transceiver Station (BTS) in GSM or CDMA, or may be a base station (NodeB) in WCDMA, or may be an evolved base station in LTE (NodeB or eNB or e-NodeB, evolutional Node B), the invention is not limited.
下面结合附图和实施例对本发明提供的寻呼消息传输方法及装置进行更详细地说明。The paging message transmission method and apparatus provided by the present invention will be described in more detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings and embodiments.
为解决M2M传输的覆盖问题,潜在的较为直接且可行的方法是对现有的物理信道进行重复传输或类似的技术,理论上可以通过对现有物理信道进行几十次至上百次重复传输获得15dB的覆盖增益。In order to solve the coverage problem of M2M transmission, a potentially more direct and feasible method is to repeat transmission of an existing physical channel or the like, and theoretically, it can be obtained by performing tens to hundreds of repeated transmissions on an existing physical channel. 15dB coverage gain.
本发明实施例一提供一种支持寻呼消息重复传输的寻呼消息传输机制,可以实现覆盖增强,解决M2M传输的覆盖问题。The first embodiment of the present invention provides a paging message transmission mechanism that supports repeated transmission of paging messages, which can implement coverage enhancement and solve the coverage problem of M2M transmission.
如图2所示,在网络侧,本发明实施例一提供的寻呼消息传输方法包括:As shown in FIG. 2, on the network side, the paging message transmission method provided in Embodiment 1 of the present invention includes:
步骤201,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n; Step 201, determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
具体地,可以根据覆盖增强的目标,比如15dB,确定寻呼消息的重复传输次数M。Specifically, the number M of repeated transmissions of the paging message may be determined according to the coverage enhancement target, such as 15 dB.
具体可以根据协议约定的方式,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M;或者根据寻呼需求,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,并将确定的寻呼消息在每一个寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,通过高层信令通知UE。Specifically, the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T may be determined according to the manner agreed by the protocol; or the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T may be determined according to the paging requirement, and The total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging cycle T is notified to the UE by higher layer signaling.
步骤202,确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确 定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000041
个无线帧;
Step 202: Determine a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to Initial reference radio frame time difference D, not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000041
Radio frames;
优选地,网络侧通过高层信令将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知终端,当然还可以采用其它方式。Preferably, the network side notifies the terminal of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter by using high layer signaling, and of course, other manners may also be adopted.
可以采用现有协议中计算寻呼消息所在的无线帧的计算公式,也可以在现有协议中计算寻呼消息所在的无线帧计算公式基础上进行调整。The calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is located in the existing protocol may be used, or may be adjusted based on the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is located in the existing protocol.
起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,代表该从该起始参考无线帧之后多长时间不会出现另一个起始参考无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter indicates how long after the start reference radio frame does not occur another start reference radio frame.
本发明实施例中D不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000042
个无线帧,即,通过起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所确定起始参考无线帧,使该起始参考无线帧之后D-1个无线帧都不会作为另一寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧使用。这样,可以使得相邻的两个不同寻呼消息的重复传输所占用的无线帧或子帧相互不重叠。
In the embodiment of the present invention, D is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000042
Radio frames, that is, the start reference radio frame determined by initiating the reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, so that D-1 radio frames after the start reference radio frame are not used as the starting reference for another paging message. Wireless frame use. In this way, the radio frames or subframes occupied by the repeated transmission of two adjacent different paging messages can be made to overlap each other.
步骤203,根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;Step 203: Determine a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter.
具体根据起始参考无线帧计算公式,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧。Specifically, the initial reference radio frame of the paging message is determined according to the initial reference radio frame calculation formula.
步骤204,根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Step 204: Determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
由于确定了起始参考无线帧,且保证该起始参考无线帧之后D-1个无线帧都不会作为另一寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧使用,因此可以在该起始参考无线帧及之后的D-1个无线帧中,根据每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,使总的重复传输次数达到M。Since the initial reference radio frame is determined and the D-1 radio frames are not used as the starting reference radio frame of another paging message after the initial reference radio frame, the initial reference radio frame can be used. And in the following D-1 radio frames, according to the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted is determined, so that the total number of repeated transmissions reaches M.
步骤205,通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息。Step 205: Send the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
本发明实施例所提供的寻呼消息传输方法,解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,网络侧采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,由于寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧之后的D-1个无线帧都不会作为另一寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧使用,因此两个不同的相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,可以简化系统调度问题。The paging message transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present invention solves the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message. When the network side uses the method to transmit the paging message, the D- after the reference radio frame starts from the beginning of the paging message. N radio frames are not used as the starting reference radio frame of another paging message, so two different adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, which can simplify the system scheduling problem.
如图3所示,在终端侧,本发明实施例一提供UE接收寻呼消息的方法,包括:As shown in FIG. 3, on the terminal side, the first embodiment of the present invention provides a method for a UE to receive a paging message, including:
步骤301,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n; Step 301, determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
具体可以根据协议约定的方式或根据网络侧的通知,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M。Specifically, the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T may be determined according to the manner agreed by the protocol or according to the notification on the network side.
步骤302,接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不 小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000043
个无线帧;
Step 302: Receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, where the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000043
Radio frames;
步骤303,根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;Step 303: Determine a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter.
步骤304,根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Step 304: Determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
步骤305,通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息。Step 305: Receive a paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
本发明实施例一所提供的寻呼消息传输方法,解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,UE采用该方法接收寻呼消息时,由于寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧之后的D-1个无线帧都不会作为另一寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧使用,因此不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠。The paging message transmission method provided by the first embodiment of the present invention solves the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message. When the UE receives the paging message by using the method, the D- after the reference radio frame starts from the beginning of the paging message. Neither radio frame is used as the starting reference radio frame for another paging message, so different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time.
在网络侧和终端侧,可以采用现有协议中计算寻呼消息所在的无线帧的计算公式,也可以在现有协议中计算寻呼消息所在的无线帧计算公式基础上进行调整。下面给出如何确定起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数的具体实施方式。On the network side and the terminal side, the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is located in the existing protocol may be used, or may be adjusted based on the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is located in the existing protocol. A specific implementation of how to determine the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is given below.
1)起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数的确定方式一1) Determination method of initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
网络侧和终端均采用现有协议中计算寻呼消息所在的无线帧的计算公式。Both the network side and the terminal use the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is calculated in the existing protocol.
起始参考无线帧PF_ref的计算公式具体为:The calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame PF_ref is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID modN)SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID modN)
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号;SFN is the system frame number of the starting reference radio frame;
T为寻呼消息周期;T is the paging message period;
UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,按照现有协议,UE_ID为IMSI mod 1024;The UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE that is paged by the paging message, and according to the existing protocol, the UE_ID is the IMSI mod 1024;
nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;nB_CE is a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数,即nB_CE为从T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32...选个一个值;nB_CE is a value in the set T/2 m , and m is an integer not less than 0, that is, nB_CE is selected from T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32... a value
N:min(T,nB_CE)。N:min(T, nB_CE).
现有协议公式中的T/N代表由该N计算的寻呼无线帧与下一个寻呼无线帧的时间差,如T/N=4,代表该寻呼无线帧之后的3个无线帧内不会出现另一个寻呼无线帧。The T/N in the existing protocol formula represents the time difference between the paging radio frame calculated by the N and the next paging radio frame, such as T/N=4, which does not represent the three radio frames after the paging radio frame. Another paging radio frame will appear.
基于此,nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。本发明实施例中M<=n*(T/nB_CE),从而使起始参考无线帧PF_ref之后的D-1个无线帧都不会作为另一寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧使用。因此可以在无线帧PF_ref以及此后(T/nB_CE)-1个无线帧中选择无线帧完成寻呼消息的传输。Based on this, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames. In the embodiment of the present invention, M<=n*(T/nB_CE), so that D-1 radio frames after the start reference radio frame PF_ref are not used as the starting reference radio frame of another paging message. Therefore, the radio frame can be selected to complete the transmission of the paging message in the radio frame PF_ref and thereafter (T/nB_CE)-1 radio frames.
优选地,可以协议约定M=n*(T/nB_CE)。Preferably, M=n*(T/nB_CE) can be agreed upon by the agreement.
2)起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数的确定方式二 2) Determination method of initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter
在现有协议中计算寻呼消息所在的无线帧计算公式基础上进行调整,得到计算无线帧PF_ref的计算公式。Based on the calculation formula of the radio frame in which the paging message is calculated in the existing protocol, the calculation formula for calculating the radio frame PF_ref is obtained.
网络侧和终端采用的起始参考无线帧PF_ref的计算公式具体为:The calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame PF_ref adopted by the network side and the terminal is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数。SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), nB is a set. A value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter.
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,可以协议约定M=n*X。Preferably, M=n*X can be agreed upon by the agreement.
网络侧和终端确定寻呼消息传输所在的子帧的具体实施方式:The network side and the terminal determine the specific implementation manner of the subframe in which the paging message is transmitted:
情况一Situation one
所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000044
个无线帧,即M=n*(T/nB_CE)或者M=n*X。
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000044
Radio frames, ie M=n*(T/nB_CE) or M=n*X.
选择占用起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,即占用可以用于该寻呼消息传输所有的无线帧;Selecting to occupy the initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, that is, occupying all radio frames that can be used for the paging message transmission;
在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息传输所在的子帧。N different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is transmitted.
情况二Situation two
所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000045
个无线帧,M<n*(T/nB_CE)或者M<n*X。
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000045
Radio frames, M<n*(T/nB_CE) or M<n*X.
可以用于该寻呼消息传输的无线帧多于实现M次传输所需的无线帧,因此会占用部分可用的无线帧,此时,可以按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用其中的
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000046
个无线帧。具体可以是其中前
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000047
个无线帧或后
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000048
个无线帧或者选取的任意的
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000049
个无线帧。网络侧和终端侧应采用相同的预定义规则。即占用哪些无线帧可以是预定义或通过预定义的模式pattern确定。
The radio frames that can be used for the paging message transmission are more than the radio frames required to implement the M transmissions, and therefore occupy some of the available radio frames. In this case, the predetermined reference radio frames can be determined according to predefined rules. After D-1 radio frames, choose to occupy them.
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000046
Radio frames. Specifically, it can be
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000047
Wireless frames or after
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000048
Radio frames or any selected
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000049
Radio frames. The same predefined rules should be used on the network side and the terminal side. That is, which radio frames are occupied may be predefined or determined by a predefined pattern pattern.
在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。N different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
在上述确定寻呼消息所占用无线帧的基础上,网络侧和终端可以采用如下方式确定每个无线帧上用于寻呼消息传输的n个子帧:Based on the foregoing determining the radio frame occupied by the paging message, the network side and the terminal may determine n subframes for paging message transmission on each radio frame as follows:
1)网络侧和终端约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;1) The network side and the terminal agree to adopt the same predetermined selection mode, and select n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
2)由网络侧确定,网络侧在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧之后,将在每个占用的无线帧上选择的子帧信息通知UE。网络通过信令通知终端在一个无线帧中具体占用哪些子帧。2) Determined by the network side, the network side selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and selects the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame. Notify the UE. The network notifies the terminal which subframes are specifically occupied by a terminal in one radio frame.
网络侧确定的子帧占用方式,或者网络侧和终端约定的预定选择方式,可以但不限于 为如下方式:The subframe occupation mode determined by the network side, or the predetermined selection manner agreed by the network side and the terminal, may be, but is not limited to, As follows:
n=1时,采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsWhen n=1, the parameter i_s is determined by the formula: i_s=floor(UE_ID/N) mod Ns
UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,即UE_ID为IMSImod 1024,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期,floor为向下取余运算,mod为取余运算。The UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE that is paged by the paging message, that is, the UE_ID is IMSImod 1024, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T , a value in 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], T is the paging message period, floor is the downward remainder operation, and mod is the remainder operation. .
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
例如,i_s=4时,第一个子帧的位置由i_s=0和表2确定,其它子帧为i_s=1、2、3对应的子帧。For example, when i_s=4, the position of the first subframe is determined by i_s=0 and Table 2, and the other subframes are subframes corresponding to i_s=1, 2, and 3.
需要说明的是,上述实施例中,给出了承载寻呼消息重复传输所占用的多个子帧的确定方法。这里,确定出的多个子帧可以是承载寻呼消息的PDSCH信道所占的多个子帧。对于网络侧,作为一种优选实施方式,通过PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:It should be noted that, in the foregoing embodiment, a method for determining a plurality of subframes occupied by repeated transmission of paging messages is provided. Here, the determined plurality of subframes may be a plurality of subframes occupied by a PDSCH channel carrying a paging message. For the network side, as a preferred implementation, the paging message is sent by using the PDSCH in each determined subframe position, which specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义的传输方式,即采用一种预定义的物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义的传输方式中的一种,即选取多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts a predefined transmission mode, that is, adopts a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transmission block size TBS, a modulation mode, or selects a plurality of predefined transmission modes. One of them is to select one of a plurality of sets of transmission modes consisting of a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes.
此实施方式中,重复传输的PDSCH信道可以不用PDCCH调度。In this embodiment, the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH channel may not be scheduled using PDCCH.
对于网络侧,作为另一种优选实施方式,重复传输的PDSCH信道可以采用PDCCH调度,则PDCCH信道的无线帧和子帧位置可以根据PDCCH与PDSCH之间的定时关系确定:采用物理下行控制信道PDCCH,调度所述重复的PDSCH,所述PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数。For the network side, as another preferred implementation manner, the repeatedly transmitted PDSCH channel may adopt PDCCH scheduling, and the radio frame and the subframe position of the PDCCH channel may be determined according to a timing relationship between the PDCCH and the PDSCH: adopting a physical downlink control channel PDCCH, The repeated PDSCH is scheduled, and the last subframe in which the PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the PDSCH is located, and k is a positive integer.
相应地,在终端侧,作为一种优选实施方式,通过PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Correspondingly, on the terminal side, as a preferred implementation manner, the receiving, by using the PDSCH, the paging message in each determined subframe position, specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
在终端侧,作为另一种优选实施方式,通过物理下行控制信道PDCCH,确定的PDSCH的调度信息,所述PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数;On the terminal side, as another preferred embodiment, the scheduling information of the PDSCH determined by the physical downlink control channel PDCCH, the last subframe in which the PDCCH is located is the kth sub-frame before the start subframe where the PDSCH is located Frame, k is a positive integer;
根据PDSCH的调度信息,通过PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the PDSCH according to the scheduling information of the PDSCH.
对于网络侧,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括: For the network side, sending the paging message on each determined subframe position includes:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰所述寻呼消息后发送。At each determined subframe position, the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
在终端侧,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Receiving the paging message on each of the determined subframe positions on the terminal side, specifically:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI解扰所述寻呼消息。The paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
本发明实施例二还提供一种寻呼消息传输方法,如图4所示,包括:The second embodiment of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission method, as shown in FIG. 4, including:
步骤401,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n; Step 401, determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
步骤402,确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000050
个无线帧;
Step 402: Determine a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and determine the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter. Corresponding initial reference radio frame time difference D, not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000050
Radio frames;
步骤403,根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;Step 403: Determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message.
步骤404,根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;Step 404: Determine, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
步骤405,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;Step 405: Determine a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a positive integer;
步骤406,根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息传输所在的子帧;Step 406: Determine, according to the initial reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, a subframe in which the paging message is transmitted;
步骤407,通过物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上传输所述寻呼消息。Step 407: The paging message is transmitted at each determined subframe position by using a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
本发明实施例二还提供一种UE接收寻呼消息传输方法,如图5所示,包括:The second embodiment of the present invention further provides a method for transmitting a paging message received by a UE, as shown in FIG. 5, including:
步骤501,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n; Step 501, determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
步骤502,接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000051
个无线帧;
Step 502: Receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, where the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000051
Radio frames;
步骤503,根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;Step 503: Determine, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message.
步骤504,根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;Step 504: Determine, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
步骤505,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数; Step 505: Determine a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a positive integer;
步骤506,根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息传输所在的子帧;Step 506: Determine, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, a subframe in which the paging message is transmitted;
步骤507,通过物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息。Step 507: Receive a paging message at each determined subframe position by using a physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
本实施例与实施例一的区别在于,基于上述机制确定出的多个子帧是重复传输的用于调度承载寻呼消息的PDSCH信道的控制信道PDCCH信道所占的多个子帧。此时,承载寻呼消息的PDSCH信道的无线帧和子帧位置可以根据PDCCH与PDSCH之间的定时关系确定:定时关系可以确定重复的PDCCH先于PDSCH k个子帧传输。The difference between this embodiment and the first embodiment is that the multiple subframes determined based on the foregoing mechanism are repeated subframes for scheduling the control channel PDCCH channel of the PDSCH channel carrying the paging message. At this time, the radio frame and the subframe position of the PDSCH channel carrying the paging message may be determined according to a timing relationship between the PDCCH and the PDSCH: the timing relationship may determine that the repeated PDCCH is transmitted before the PDSCH k subframes.
因此,该实施例中调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧具体确定方式,同上述实施例中确定寻呼消息传输所在子帧的方式,这里不再详述。Therefore, the manner of determining the subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is scheduled in this embodiment is determined in the same manner as the subframe in which the paging message is transmitted in the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein.
在确定了寻呼消息起始参考无线帧的基础上,本实施例根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息传输所在的子帧,参见上述实施例的详细描述,这里不再重复。On the basis of determining the paging message starting reference radio frame, the embodiment determines the subframe in which the paging message is transmitted according to the initial reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, as described in the foregoing embodiment. Detailed description is not repeated here.
现有寻呼机制中一个寻呼周期内的两个相邻的寻呼子帧之间的时间差最小为1个子帧。这种情况下,若直接将终端依据现有机制计算的寻呼时刻作为重复传输的起点对寻呼进行重复传输,则相邻寻呼时刻的多个寻呼消息的传输会在同一个子帧上重叠,这会使得系统的调度比较复杂,而系统也不可能在同一个子帧中配置如此多的PDCCH调度上述多个寻呼消息在同一子帧进行传输;另外为了区分同一个子帧中的多个寻呼消息,可能还要求系统配置多个P-RNTI。The time difference between two adjacent paging subframes in one paging cycle in the existing paging mechanism is at least 1 subframe. In this case, if the paging time is directly transmitted by the terminal according to the paging time calculated by the existing mechanism as the starting point of the repeated transmission, the transmission of multiple paging messages at the adjacent paging moment will be in the same subframe. Overlap, which makes the scheduling of the system more complicated, and the system is not likely to configure so many PDCCHs in the same subframe to schedule the multiple paging messages to be transmitted in the same subframe; in addition, to distinguish multiple in the same subframe The paging message may also require the system to configure multiple P-RNTIs.
本发明给出了一种重复传输的寻呼消息的传输机制,其主要思想是网络确定覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输次数;基于寻呼消息的重复传输次数网络确定覆盖增强的寻呼消息传输的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,基于确定的参数和预定义的规则确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的多个子帧。通过采用本发明提出的方法,可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,且采用该方法网络调度寻呼消息较为简单,且由于相邻2个寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,则传输寻呼消息的控制信道PDCCH和数据信道PDSCH仅需要一个P-RNTI加扰。The invention provides a transmission mechanism of a repeatedly transmitted paging message, the main idea of which is that the network determines the number of repeated transmissions of the coverage enhanced paging message; and determines the coverage enhanced paging message based on the repeated transmission times of the paging message network. The initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter of the transmission determines a plurality of subframes in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted based on the determined parameters and predefined rules. By adopting the method proposed by the present invention, the problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved, and the method for scheduling the paging message by the network is relatively simple, and since the two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in the transmission time, The control channel PDCCH and data channel PDSCH for transmitting paging messages require only one P-RNTI scrambling.
基于同一发明构思,本发明实施例中还提供了一种寻呼消息传输装置,由于该装置解决问题的原理与一种寻呼消息传输方法相似,因此该装置的实施可以参见方法的实施,重复之处不再赘述。Based on the same inventive concept, an embodiment of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission apparatus. Since the principle of solving the problem is similar to a paging message transmission method, the implementation of the apparatus can be implemented by referring to the method. It will not be repeated here.
本发明实施例三提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,如图6所示,包括:A third embodiment of the present invention provides a paging message transmission apparatus, as shown in FIG. 6, including:
次数确定单元601,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;The number determining unit 601 is configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
确定及通知单元602,用于确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参 考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000052
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000053
表示向上取整;
The determining and notifying unit 602 is configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and determine the initial reference radio The time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000052
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000053
Indicates rounding up;
起始无线帧确定单元603,用于根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;The initial radio frame determining unit 603 is configured to determine a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
占用子帧确定单元604,用于根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The occupied subframe determining unit 604 is configured to determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
重复传输单元605,用于通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息。The repeating transmission unit 605 is configured to send the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
优选地,确定及通知单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, and nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,确定及通知单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,所述确定及通知单元所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000054
个无线帧;
Preferably, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the determining and notifying unit is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000054
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者or
所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000055
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000055
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000056
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000056
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,占用子帧确定单元还用于:Preferably, the occupied subframe determining unit is further configured to:
与UE约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作 为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者The same predetermined selection method is adopted with the UE, and n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame. The subframe in which the transmission is repeated for the paging message; or
在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧之后,将在每个占用的无线帧上选择的子帧信息通知UE。After selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
优选地,n=1时,占用子帧确定单元在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:Preferably, when n=1, the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T a value in /2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
优选地,该装置还包括:Preferably, the device further comprises:
次数通知单元,用于将确定的寻呼消息在每一个寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,通过高层信令通知UE。The number notification unit is configured to notify the UE by high layer signaling by using the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging period T.
优选地,重复传输单元通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the repeating transmission unit sends the paging message in each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, which specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
优选地,该装置还包括:Preferably, the device further comprises:
重复调度单元,用于采用重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,调度所述重复的PDSCH,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数。a repeating scheduling unit, configured to use the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, to schedule the repeated PDSCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth child before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located Frame, k is a positive integer.
优选地,重复传输单元在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the repeating transmission unit sends the paging message on each determined subframe position, which specifically includes:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰所述寻呼消息后发送。At each determined subframe position, the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
本发明实施例三还提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,包括处理器和数据收发信机(tranceiver),其中:Embodiment 3 of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission apparatus, including a processor and a data transceiver, wherein:
所述处理器被配置为用于:确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始 参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000057
个无线帧;根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息;
The processor is configured to: determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of a paging message in a paging period T, and a number n of repetitions of transmissions on each radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame calculation formula And starting the reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and notifying the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference D is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000057
Radio frames; determining a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter; determining a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n Transmitting, by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH, the paging message at each determined subframe position;
所述数据收发信机用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据,实现处理器与UE间的数据通信。The data transceiver is configured to send and receive data under the control of the processor to implement data communication between the processor and the UE.
本发明实施例四还提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,如图7所示,包括:The fourth embodiment of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission device, as shown in FIG. 7, comprising:
次数确定单元701,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;The number determining unit 701 is configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
确定及通知单元702,用于确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000058
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000059
表示向上取整;
The determining and notifying unit 702 is configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the determined initial reference radio The time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000058
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000059
Indicates rounding up;
第一起始无线帧确定单元703,用于根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;The first initial radio frame determining unit 703 is configured to determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message;
第一占用子帧确定单元704,根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;The first occupied subframe determining unit 704 determines, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, the subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
第二起始无线帧确定单元705,用于确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;The second initial radio frame determining unit 705 is configured to determine a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the starting reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is Set a positive integer;
第二占用子帧确定单元706,用于根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The second occupied subframe determining unit 706 is configured to determine, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
重复传输单元707,用于通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上传输所述寻呼消息。The repeating transmission unit 707 is configured to transmit the paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
本发明实施例四还提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,包括处理器和数据收发信机,其中:Embodiment 4 of the present invention further provides a paging message transmission apparatus, including a processor and a data transceiver, wherein:
所述处理器被配置为用于:确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000060
个无线帧;根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;通 过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上传输所述寻呼消息;
The processor is configured to: determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of a paging message in a paging period T, and a number n of repetitions of transmissions on each radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame calculation formula And starting the reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and notifying the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference D is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000060
Radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH for scheduling a paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter; and starting a reference radio frame according to the determined PDCCH starting paging message, M And n, determining a subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located; determining a radio frame in which the k-th subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located, is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message , k is a positive integer; determining a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the initial reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message; and each of the determined sub-frames through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Transmitting the paging message at a frame position;
所述数据收发信机用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据,实现处理器与UE间的数据通信。The data transceiver is configured to send and receive data under the control of the processor to implement data communication between the processor and the UE.
本发明实施例五还提供一种用于设备UE,如图8所示,包括:The fifth embodiment of the present invention further provides a device for the UE, as shown in FIG. 8, including:
次数确定单元801,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;The number determining unit 801 is configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
通知接收单元802,用于接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000061
个无线帧;
The notification receiving unit 802 is configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter. D, not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000061
Radio frames;
起始无线帧确定单元803,根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;The initial radio frame determining unit 803 determines a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
占用子帧确定单元804,根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The occupied subframe determining unit 804 determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
重复接收单元805,通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The repeat receiving unit 805 receives the paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
优选地,起始无线帧确定单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,起始无线帧确定单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;The SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and the UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), and nB is the set [4T, 2T, T, A value in T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,通知接收单元所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000062
个无线帧;
Preferably, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter received by the notification receiving unit is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000062
Radio frames;
占用子帧确定单元根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and subsequent D-1 radio frames Selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者 Or
所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000063
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000063
Radio frames;
占用子帧确定单元根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000064
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
The occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: according to a predefined rule, from the determined initial reference radio frame and after D-1 In the wireless frame, select to occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000064
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,占用子帧确定单元在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:Preferably, the occupied subframe determining unit selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes:
与网络侧约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the network side, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
根据网络侧通知的子帧信息,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。According to the subframe information notified by the network side, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,n=1时,占用子帧确定单元在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:Preferably, when n=1, the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, A value in T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,占用子帧确定单元基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2, or 4, the occupied subframe determining unit determines, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, that the paging message is selected to be occupied on each occupied wireless frame. The subframe is all subframes corresponding to i_s=0 to i_s=n.
优选地,次数确定单元具体用于根据网络侧的高层信令通知,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M。Preferably, the number determining unit is specifically configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side.
优选地,重复接收单元通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the receiving unit receives the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, and specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
优选地,该UE还包括:Preferably, the UE further includes:
调度确定单元,用于通过重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,确定的重复的PDSCH的调度信息,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数; a scheduling determining unit, configured to determine scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH by using the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe where the repeated PDCCH is located is before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located k subframes, k is a positive integer;
所述重复接收单元具体用于根据PDSCH的调度信息,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The repetition receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH according to scheduling information of the PDSCH.
优选地,所述重复接收单元在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the repeatedly receiving unit receives the paging message in each determined subframe position, and specifically includes:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI解扰所述寻呼消息。The paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
本发明实施例五还提供一种用于设备UE,包括处理器和数据收发信机,其中:Embodiment 5 of the present invention further provides a device UE, including a processor and a data transceiver, where:
所述处理器被配置为用于:确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000065
个无线帧;根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息;
The processor is configured to: determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame; and receive the initial reference radio frame transmitted by the network side Calculating the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the formula, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000065
Radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter; determining a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n Receiving, by the repeated PDSCH, the paging message at each determined subframe position;
所述数据收发信机用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据,实现处理器与网络侧装置的通信。The data transceiver is configured to send and receive data under the control of the processor to implement communication between the processor and the network side device.
本发明实施例六还提供一种用户设备UE,如图9所示,包括:The sixth embodiment of the present invention further provides a user equipment UE, as shown in FIG. 9, including:
次数确定单元901,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;The number determining unit 901 is configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
通知接收单元902,用于接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000066
个无线帧;
The notification receiving unit 902 is configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter. D, not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000066
Radio frames;
第一起始无线帧确定单元903,用于根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;The first initial radio frame determining unit 903 is configured to determine, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message;
第一占用子帧确定单元904,用于根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;The first occupied subframe determining unit 904 is configured to determine, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
第二起始无线帧确定单元905,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;The second initial radio frame determining unit 905 determines that the radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a setting. Positive integer
第二占用子帧确定单元906,根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The second occupied subframe determining unit 906 determines, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
重复接收单元907,用于通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息。The repetition receiving unit 907 is configured to receive a paging message at each determined subframe position by using the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
本发明实施例六还提供一种用户设备UE,包括处理器和数据收发信机,其中:The sixth embodiment of the present invention further provides a user equipment UE, including a processor and a data transceiver, where:
所述处理器被配置为用于,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参 考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000067
个无线帧;根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息;
The processor is configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame; and a starting reference radio frame transmitted by the receiving network side Calculating the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the formula, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000067
Radio frame; determining a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH for scheduling a paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter; and starting a reference radio frame according to the determined PDCCH starting paging message, M And n, determining a subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located; determining a radio frame in which the k-th subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located, is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message , k is a positive integer; determining a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the initial reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message; and each of the determined sub-frames through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Receiving a paging message at a frame position;
所述数据收发信机用于在所述处理器的控制下收发数据,实现处理器与网络侧装置的通信。The data transceiver is configured to send and receive data under the control of the processor to implement communication between the processor and the network side device.
优选地,上述实施例中的网络侧装置为eNB。Preferably, the network side device in the foregoing embodiment is an eNB.
本发明还提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,参阅图10所示,包括:The present invention further provides a paging message transmission apparatus, as shown in FIG. 10, comprising:
处理器100,用于读取存储器中的程序,执行下列过程:The processor 100 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following process:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n,以及通过收发机101确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000068
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000069
表示向上取整;
Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame, and determining the initial reference radio frame in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula by the transceiver 101 The time difference configuration parameter is used to notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000068
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000069
Indicates rounding up;
以及根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧,根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,并通过收发机101,通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送寻呼消息;And determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of the paging message, determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and passing The transceiver 101 sends a paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH;
收发机101,用于在处理器100的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 101 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 100.
优选地,处理器100使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor 100 is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, and nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,处理器100所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor 100 is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数; SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,处理器100所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000070
个无线帧;
Preferably, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor 100 is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000070
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者or
处理器100所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000071
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor 100 is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000071
Radio frames;
根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000072
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000072
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,处理器100还用于:Preferably, the processor 100 is further configured to:
与UE约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the UE, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧之后,将在每个占用的无线帧上选择的子帧信息通知UE。After selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
优选地,n=1时,处理器100在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:Preferably, when n=1, the processor 100 selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T a value in /2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
优选地,处理器100还用于:Preferably, the processor 100 is further configured to:
通过过收发机101,将确定的寻呼消息在每一个寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,通过高层信令通知UE。Through the transceiver 101, the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging cycle T is notified to the UE through higher layer signaling.
优选地,处理器100通过收发机101通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the processor 100 sends a paging message in each determined subframe position by using the repeated PDSCH by the transceiver 101, which specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小 TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts a predefined physical resource block PRB and a transport block size. TBS, modulation mode, or one of a set of transmission modes consisting of a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes.
优选地,处理器100还用于:Preferably, the processor 100 is further configured to:
通过收发机101采用重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,调度重复的PDSCH,重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数。The transceivers 101 use the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH to schedule the repeated PDSCH, and the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe in which the repeated PDSCH is located, and k is set. A positive integer.
优选地,处理器100通过收发机101在确定的每个子帧位置上发送寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the processor 100 sends a paging message by using the transceiver 101 at each determined subframe position, which specifically includes:
在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰寻呼消息后发送。At each determined subframe position, the same or different radio network temporary identification P-RNTI scrambled paging message is used and transmitted.
其中,在图10中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器100代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机101可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器100负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器可以存储处理器500在执行操作时所使用的数据。Wherein, in FIG. 10, the bus architecture can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 100 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface. The transceiver 101 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The processor 100 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 500 when performing operations.
本发明还提供一种寻呼消息传输装置,参阅图11所示,包括:The present invention also provides a paging message transmission apparatus, as shown in FIG. 11, comprising:
处理器110,用于读取存储器中的程序,并执行下列过程:The processor 110 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following processes:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;并通过收发机111确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000073
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000074
表示向上取整;
Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame; and determining, by the transceiver 111, the initial reference radio frame in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula The time difference configuration parameter is used to notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000073
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000074
Indicates rounding up;
以及根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧,根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数,并根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;以及通过收发机111通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上传输寻呼消息;And determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH scheduling the paging message, and starting the reference radio frame, M and n according to the determined PDCCH starting paging message, Determining a subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located, determining a radio frame in which the k-th subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is Setting a positive integer, and determining a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the initial reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message; and determining by the transceiver 111 through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH Transmitting a paging message at each subframe position;
收发机111,用于在处理器110的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 111 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 110.
其中,在图11中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器110代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以 将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机111可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和收发机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。处理器110负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器可以存储处理器500在执行操作时所使用的数据。Wherein, in FIG. 11, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 110 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory. Bus architecture can also The linking of various other circuits, such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, is well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface. Transceiver 111 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a transceiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. The processor 110 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and general processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 500 in performing operations.
本发明还提供一种用户设备UE,参阅图12所示,包括:The present invention further provides a user equipment UE, as shown in FIG. 12, comprising:
处理器120,用于读取存储器中的程序,并执行以下过程:The processor 120 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following process:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n,并通过收发机121接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000075
个无线帧;
Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame, and receiving the starting reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side through the transceiver 121 Referring to the radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the received reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000075
Radio frames;
以及根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧,根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,并通过收发机121通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息;And determining, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the initial reference radio frame of the paging message, determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and passing The transceiver 121 receives the paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH;
收发机121,用于在处理器120的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 121 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 120.
优选地,处理器120所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor 120 is specifically:
SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
优选地,处理器120所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:Preferably, the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the processor 120 is specifically:
SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X]*XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div div X]*X
SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;The SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and the UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), and nB is the set [4T, 2T, T, A value in T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
优选地,处理器120通过收发机121所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000076
个无线帧;
Preferably, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter received by the processor 120 by the transceiver 121 is equal to
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000076
Radio frames;
处理器120根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The processor 120 determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, where Selecting n different subframes for each occupied radio frame as a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
或者 Or
处理器120通过收发机121所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000077
个无线帧;
The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the processor 121 by the transceiver 121 is greater than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000077
Radio frames;
处理器120根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000078
个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
The processor 120 determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, including: according to a predefined rule, from the determined initial reference radio frame and then D-1 radio frames Medium, choose to occupy
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000078
For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,处理器120在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:Preferably, the processor 120 selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes:
与网络侧约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the network side, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
根据网络侧通知的子帧信息,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。According to the subframe information notified by the network side, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
优选地,n=1时,处理器120在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:Preferably, when n=1, the processor 120 selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, A value in T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
或者or
当n=1、2或4时,处理器120基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2, or 4, the processor 120 determines, according to the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe that the paging message selects to occupy on each occupied radio frame. All subframes corresponding to i_s=0 to i_s=n.
优选地,处理器120具体用于根据网络侧的高层信令通知,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M;Preferably, the processor 120 is specifically configured to determine, according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side, the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T;
优选地,处理器120通过收发机121通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the processor 120 receives the paging message in each determined subframe position by using the repeated PDSCH by the transceiver 121, which specifically includes:
在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
优选地,处理器120还用于:Preferably, the processor 120 is further configured to:
通过收发机121通过重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,确定的重复的PDSCH的调度信息,重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数;The scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH determined by the transceiver 121 through the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe in which the repeated PDSCH is located. k is a positive integer;
处理器120具体用于通过收发机121,根据PDSCH的调度信息,通过重复的PDSCH, 在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息。The processor 120 is specifically configured to pass the repeated PDSCH according to the scheduling information of the PDSCH by using the transceiver 121. A paging message is received at each determined subframe position.
优选地,处理器120在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息,具体包括:Preferably, the processor 120 receives the paging message in each determined subframe position, and specifically includes:
通过收发机121在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI解扰寻呼消息。The P-RNTI descrambled paging message is temporarily identified by the transceiver 121 at each of the determined subframe locations using the same or different wireless networks.
其中,在图12中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器120代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机121可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。Wherein, in FIG. 12, the bus architecture can include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 120 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory. The bus architecture can also link various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits, which are well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface. Transceiver 121 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. For different user equipments, the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
处理器120负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器可以存储处理器120在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 120 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 120 when performing operations.
本发明还提供一种用户设备UE,参阅图13所示,包括:The present invention further provides a user equipment UE, as shown in FIG. 13, comprising:
处理器130,用于读取存储器中的程序,并执行以下过程:The processor 130 is configured to read a program in the memory and perform the following process:
确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n,通过收发机131接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000079
个无线帧,其中,
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000080
表示向上取整;
Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame, receiving the start in the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame transmitted by the network side through the transceiver 131 Referring to the radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000079
Wireless frames, where
Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-000080
Indicates rounding up;
以及根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧,根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧,以及确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数,以及根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,通过收发机131通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息;And determining, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of the physical downlink control channel PDCCH scheduling the paging message, and starting the reference radio frame, M and n according to the determined PDCCH starting paging message, Determining a subframe in which the PDCCH for scheduling the paging message is located, and determining a radio frame in which the k-th subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH in which the paging message is scheduled is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, k To set a positive integer, and determine the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted according to the initial reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, and pass through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH by the transceiver 131. Receiving a paging message at each subframe position;
收发机131,用于在处理器130的控制下接收和发送数据。The transceiver 131 is configured to receive and transmit data under the control of the processor 130.
利用本发明提供的寻呼消息的传输方法及装置,具有以下有益效果:The method and device for transmitting paging messages provided by the present invention have the following beneficial effects:
可以解决覆盖增强的寻呼消息的重复传输问题,采用该方法传输寻呼消息时,不同的两个相邻寻呼消息在传输时间上不重叠,还可以简化系统调度问题。The problem of repeated transmission of the coverage enhanced paging message can be solved. When the paging message is transmitted by using the method, different two adjacent paging messages do not overlap in transmission time, and the system scheduling problem can be simplified.
其中,在图13中,总线架构可以包括任意数量的互联的总线和桥,具体由处理器130代表的一个或多个处理器和存储器代表的存储器的各种电路链接在一起。总线架构还可以将诸如外围设备、稳压器和功率管理电路等之类的各种其他电路链接在一起,这些都是本 领域所公知的,因此,本文不再对其进行进一步描述。总线接口提供接口。收发机131可以是多个元件,即包括发送机和接收机,提供用于在传输介质上与各种其他装置通信的单元。针对不同的用户设备,用户接口还可以是能够外接内接需要设备的接口,连接的设备包括但不限于小键盘、显示器、扬声器、麦克风、操纵杆等。Here, in FIG. 13, the bus architecture may include any number of interconnected buses and bridges, specifically linked by one or more processors represented by processor 130 and various circuits of memory represented by the memory. The bus architecture also links various other circuits such as peripherals, voltage regulators, and power management circuits. It is well known in the art and, therefore, will not be further described herein. The bus interface provides an interface. Transceiver 131 can be a plurality of components, including a transmitter and a receiver, providing means for communicating with various other devices on a transmission medium. For different user equipments, the user interface may also be an interface capable of externally connecting the required devices, including but not limited to a keypad, a display, a speaker, a microphone, a joystick, and the like.
处理器130负责管理总线架构和通常的处理,存储器可以存储处理器130在执行操作时所使用的数据。The processor 130 is responsible for managing the bus architecture and the usual processing, and the memory can store data used by the processor 130 when performing operations.
本领域内的技术人员应明白,本发明的实施例可提供为方法、系统、或计算机程序产品。因此,本发明可采用完全硬件实施例、完全软件实施例、或结合软件和硬件方面的实施例的形式。而且,本发明可采用在一个或多个其中包含有计算机可用程序代码的计算机可用存储介质(包括但不限于磁盘存储器、CD-ROM、光学存储器等)上实施的计算机程序产品的形式。Those skilled in the art will appreciate that embodiments of the present invention can be provided as a method, system, or computer program product. Accordingly, the present invention may take the form of an entirely hardware embodiment, an entirely software embodiment, or a combination of software and hardware. Moreover, the invention can take the form of a computer program product embodied on one or more computer-usable storage media (including but not limited to disk storage, CD-ROM, optical storage, etc.) including computer usable program code.
本发明是参照根据本发明实施例的方法、设备(系统)、和计算机程序产品的流程图和/或方框图来描述的。应理解可由计算机程序指令实现流程图和/或方框图中的每一流程和/或方框、以及流程图和/或方框图中的流程和/或方框的结合。可提供这些计算机程序指令到通用计算机、专用计算机、嵌入式处理机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器以产生一个机器,使得通过计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备的处理器执行的指令产生用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的装置。The present invention has been described with reference to flowchart illustrations and/or block diagrams of methods, apparatus (system), and computer program products according to embodiments of the invention. It will be understood that each flow and/or block of the flowchart illustrations and/or FIG. These computer program instructions can be provided to a processor of a general purpose computer, special purpose computer, embedded processor, or other programmable data processing device to produce a machine for the execution of instructions for execution by a processor of a computer or other programmable data processing device. Means for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of the flow chart.
这些计算机程序指令也可存储在能引导计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备以特定方式工作的计算机可读存储器中,使得存储在该计算机可读存储器中的指令产生包括指令装置的制造品,该指令装置实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能。The computer program instructions can also be stored in a computer readable memory that can direct a computer or other programmable data processing device to operate in a particular manner, such that the instructions stored in the computer readable memory produce an article of manufacture comprising the instruction device. The apparatus implements the functions specified in one or more blocks of a flow or a flow and/or block diagram of the flowchart.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions can also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device such that a series of operational steps are performed on a computer or other programmable device to produce computer-implemented processing for execution on a computer or other programmable device. The instructions provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more of the flow or in a block or blocks of a flow diagram.
尽管已描述了本发明的优选实施例,但本领域内的技术人员一旦得知了基本创造性概念,则可对这些实施例作出另外的变更和修改。所以,所附权利要求意欲解释为包括优选实施例以及落入本发明范围的所有变更和修改。While the preferred embodiment of the invention has been described, it will be understood that Therefore, the appended claims are intended to be interpreted as including the preferred embodiments and the modifications and
显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本发明实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本发明实施例的精神和范围。这样,倘若本发明实施例的这些修改和变型属于本发明权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本发明也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 It is apparent that those skilled in the art can make various modifications and variations to the embodiments of the invention without departing from the spirit and scope of the embodiments of the invention. Thus, it is intended that the present invention cover the modifications and modifications of the embodiments of the invention.

Claims (44)

  1. 一种寻呼消息传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A paging message transmission method, comprising:
    确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
    确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100001
    个无线帧,其中
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100002
    表示向上取整;
    Determining a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notifying the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to Initial reference radio frame time difference D, not less than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100001
    Radio frames, of which
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100002
    Indicates rounding up;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;Determining a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息。The paging message is transmitted at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  2. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:The method of claim 1 wherein the calculation formula for the initial reference radio frame is:
    SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
    SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, and nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
    nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  3. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:The method of claim 1 wherein the calculation formula for the initial reference radio frame is:
    SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X] *XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X] *X
    SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
    X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  4. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100003
    个无线帧;
    The method of claim 1 wherein the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to a starting reference radio frame time difference D equal to
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100003
    Radio frames;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    或者or
    所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100004
    个无线帧;
    The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100004
    Radio frames;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100005
    个 无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
    Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100005
    For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  5. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 4, further comprising:
    与UE约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the UE, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
    在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧之后,将在每个占用的无线帧上选择的子帧信息通知UE。After selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
  6. 如权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,n=1时,在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:The method of claim 4, wherein, when n=1, selecting n subframes occupied on each occupied radio frame, specifically:
    采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
    UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T a value in /2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
    根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
    或者or
    当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
  7. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    将确定的寻呼消息在每一个寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,通过高层信令通知UE。The total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging cycle T is notified to the UE through higher layer signaling.
  8. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the paging message is sent at each of the determined subframe positions by using the repeated PDSCH, and specifically includes:
    在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  9. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising:
    采用重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,调度所述重复的PDSCH,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数。Scheduling the repeated PDSCH by using a repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located, and k is set A positive integer.
  10. 如权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:The method of claim 1, wherein the sending the paging message on each determined subframe position comprises:
    在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰所述寻呼消息后发送。At each determined subframe position, the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
  11. 一种寻呼消息传输方法,其特征在于,包括: A paging message transmission method, comprising:
    确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
    确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100006
    个无线帧,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100007
    表示向上取整;
    Determining a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notifying the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, where the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to Initial reference radio frame time difference D, not less than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100006
    Wireless frames, where
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100007
    Indicates rounding up;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH scheduling a paging message;
    根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
    确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;Determining a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a positive integer;
    根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上传输所述寻呼消息。The paging message is transmitted at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  12. 一种UE接收寻呼消息的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for a UE to receive a paging message, comprising:
    确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
    接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100008
    个无线帧,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100009
    表示向上取整;
    Receiving a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100008
    Wireless frames, where
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100009
    Indicates rounding up;
    根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;Determining a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  13. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:The method according to claim 12, wherein the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
    SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
    SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
    nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  14. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:The method according to claim 12, wherein the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame is specifically:
    SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X] *XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X] *X
    SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数; The SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and the UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), and nB is the set [4T, 2T, T, A value in T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
    X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  15. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100010
    个无线帧;
    The method of claim 12, wherein the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter corresponds to a starting reference radio frame time difference D equal to
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100010
    Radio frames;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    或者or
    所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100011
    个无线帧;
    The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100011
    Radio frames;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100012
    个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
    Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100012
    For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  16. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:The method of claim 15, wherein the n different subframes are selected as the subframes in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted on each occupied radio frame, and the method includes:
    与网络侧约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the network side, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
    根据网络侧通知的子帧信息,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。According to the subframe information notified by the network side, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  17. 如权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,n=1时,在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:The method of claim 15, wherein when n=1, the n subframes occupied by each occupied radio frame are selected, which specifically includes:
    采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
    UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, A value in T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
    根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
    或者or
    当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
  18. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 12 wherein:
    根据网络侧的高层信令通知,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M。The total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T is determined according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side.
  19. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the receiving, by the repeated PDSCH, the paging message is received at each determined subframe position, specifically:
    在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小 TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts a predefined physical resource block PRB and a transport block size. TBS, modulation mode, or one of a set of transmission modes consisting of a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes.
  20. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,还包括:The method of claim 12, further comprising:
    通过重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,确定的重复的PDSCH的调度信息,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数;The scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH is determined by the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, and the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth subframe before the start subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located, where k is Set a positive integer;
    根据PDSCH的调度信息,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the repeated PDSCH according to the scheduling information of the PDSCH.
  21. 如权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:The method of claim 12, wherein the receiving the paging message at each of the determined subframe positions comprises:
    在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI解扰所述寻呼消息。The paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
  22. 一种UE接收寻呼消息传输方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting a paging message received by a UE, comprising:
    确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;Determining the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and the number n of repeated transmissions on each radio frame;
    接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100013
    个无线帧,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100014
    表示向上取整;
    Receiving a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is not less than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100013
    Wireless frames, where
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100014
    Indicates rounding up;
    根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;Determining, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message;
    根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
    确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;Determining a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located is the initial reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is a positive integer;
    根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收寻呼消息。A paging message is received at each determined subframe position by the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  23. 一种寻呼消息传输装置,其特征在于,包括:A paging message transmission device, comprising:
    次数确定单元,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;a number determining unit, configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
    确定及通知单元,用于确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100015
    个无线帧,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100016
    表示向上取整;
    a determining and notifying unit, configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the determined initial reference radio frame The time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the time difference configuration parameter is not less than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100015
    Wireless frames, where
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100016
    Indicates rounding up;
    起始无线帧确定单元,用于根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消 息的起始参考无线帧;And an initial radio frame determining unit, configured to determine a paging cancellation according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter The initial reference radio frame of the information;
    占用子帧确定单元,用于根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;An occupied subframe determining unit, configured to determine, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    重复传输单元,用于通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息。And a repeating transmission unit, configured to send the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  24. 如权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定及通知单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
    SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
    SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, and nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, nB_CE To be a value in the set T/2 m , m is an integer not less than 0;
    nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  25. 如权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定及通知单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the determining and notifying unit is specifically:
    SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X] *XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X] *X
    SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), nB is a set. a value in [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
    X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  26. 如权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,所述确定及通知单元所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100017
    个无线帧;
    The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter determined by the determining and notifying unit is equal to
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100017
    Radio frames;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames, respectively Selecting n different subframes on the radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    或者or
    所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100018
    个无线帧;
    The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100018
    Radio frames;
    根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100019
    个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
    Determining, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, specifically: selecting, according to a predefined rule, the determined starting reference radio frame and the following D-1 radio frames Occupy
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100019
    For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  27. 如权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,占用子帧确定单元还用于:The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein the occupied subframe determining unit is further configured to:
    与UE约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者 And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the UE, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
    在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧之后,将在每个占用的无线帧上选择的子帧信息通知UE。After selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, the subframe information selected on each occupied radio frame is notified to the UE.
  28. 如权利要求26所述的装置,其特征在于,n=1时,占用子帧确定单元在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:The apparatus according to claim 26, wherein, when n=1, the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
    采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
    UE_ID根据该寻呼消息所寻呼的UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the international mobile subscription identifier IMSI of the UE paged by the paging message, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T a value in /2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
    根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
    或者or
    当n=1、2或4时,基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2 or 4, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, it is determined that the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame is i_s= 0 to all sub-frames corresponding to i_s=n.
  29. 如权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device of claim 23, further comprising:
    次数通知单元,用于将确定的寻呼消息在每一个寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,通过高层信令通知UE。The number notification unit is configured to notify the UE by high layer signaling by using the total number of repeated transmissions M of the determined paging message in each paging period T.
  30. 如权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,重复传输单元通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the repeating transmission unit transmits the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, and specifically includes:
    在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  31. 如权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,还包括:The device of claim 23, further comprising:
    重复调度单元,用于采用重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,调度所述重复的PDSCH,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数。a repeating scheduling unit, configured to use the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, to schedule the repeated PDSCH, where the last subframe in which the repeated PDCCH is located is the kth child before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located Frame, k is a positive integer.
  32. 如权利要求23所述的装置,其特征在于,重复传输单元在确定的每个子帧位置上发送所述寻呼消息,具体包括:The apparatus according to claim 23, wherein the repeating transmission unit transmits the paging message at each determined subframe position, specifically comprising:
    在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI加扰所述寻呼消息后发送。At each determined subframe position, the same or different radio network temporary identifier P-RNTI is used to scramble the paging message and then transmit.
  33. 一种寻呼消息传输装置,其特征在于,包括:A paging message transmission device, comprising:
    次数确定单元,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;a number determining unit, configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
    确定及通知单元,用于确定起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,将确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数通知用户设备UE,所确定的起始参考无 线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100020
    个无线帧,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100021
    表示向上取整;
    a determining and notifying unit, configured to determine a starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in the initial reference radio frame calculation formula, and notify the user equipment UE of the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, the determined initial reference radio frame The time difference D of the initial reference radio frame corresponding to the time difference configuration parameter is not less than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100020
    Wireless frames, where
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100021
    Indicates rounding up;
    第一起始无线帧确定单元,用于根据确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;a first initial radio frame determining unit, configured to determine a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message according to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
    第一占用子帧确定单元,根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;The first occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, the subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
    第二起始无线帧确定单元,用于确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;a second start radio frame determining unit, configured to determine a radio frame where the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located, is a starting reference radio subframe of the paging message, where k is set Positive integer
    第二占用子帧确定单元,用于根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;a second occupied subframe determining unit, configured to determine, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, a subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    重复传输单元,用于通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上传输所述寻呼消息。And a repeating transmission unit, configured to transmit the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  34. 一种用于设备UE,其特征在于,包括:A device for a UE, comprising:
    次数确定单元,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;a number determining unit, configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
    通知接收单元,用于接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100022
    个无线帧,其中,
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100023
    表示向上取整;
    a notification receiving unit, configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter ,not less than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100022
    Wireless frames, where
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100023
    Indicates rounding up;
    起始无线帧确定单元,根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧;The initial radio frame determining unit determines a starting reference radio frame of the paging message according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
    占用子帧确定单元,根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    重复接收单元,通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The repeating receiving unit receives the paging message at each determined subframe position through the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH.
  35. 如权利要求34所述的UE,其特征在于,起始无线帧确定单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为:The UE according to claim 34, wherein the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
    SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))SFN mod T=(T div N)*(UE_ID mod(nB_CE))
    SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,nB_CE为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,nB_CE为集合T/2m中的一个值,m为不小于0的整数;SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, nB_CE is the starting reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, and nB_CE is the set T/2 m . a value of m, an integer not less than 0;
    nB_CE所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为T/nB_CE个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to nB_CE is T/nB_CE radio frames.
  36. 如权利要求34所述的UE,其特征在于,起始无线帧确定单元所使用的起始参考无线帧的计算公式具体为: The UE according to claim 34, wherein the calculation formula of the initial reference radio frame used by the initiating radio frame determining unit is specifically:
    SFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X] *XSFN mod T=floor[((T div N)*(UE_ID mod N))div X] *X
    SFN为起始参考无线帧的系统帧号,T为寻呼消息周期,UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,X为起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数;The SFN is the system frame number of the initial reference radio frame, T is the paging message period, and the UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), and nB is the set [4T, 2T, T, A value in T/2, T/4, T/8, T/16, T/32], where X is the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter;
    X所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D为X个无线帧。The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to X is X radio frames.
  37. 如权利要求34所述的UE,其特征在于,通知接收单元所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D等于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100024
    个无线帧;
    The UE according to claim 34, wherein the initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter received by the notification receiving unit is equal to
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100024
    Radio frames;
    占用子帧确定单元根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:选择占用所确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后的D-1个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: selecting to occupy the determined initial reference radio frame and subsequent D-1 radio frames Selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    或者or
    所确定的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D大于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100025
    个无线帧;
    The initial reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the determined initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter is greater than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100025
    Radio frames;
    占用子帧确定单元根据确定的起始参考无线帧、M和n确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:按照预定义规则,从确定的起始参考无线帧以及之后D-1个无线帧中,选择占用
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100026
    个无线帧,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。
    The occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined initial reference radio frame, M and n, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes: according to a predefined rule, from the determined initial reference radio frame and after D-1 In the wireless frame, select to occupy
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100026
    For each radio frame, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  38. 如权利要求37所述的UE,其特征在于,占用子帧确定单元在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧,具体包括:The UE according to claim 37, wherein the occupied subframe determining unit selects n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted, and specifically includes:
    与网络侧约定采用相同的预定选择方式,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;或者And adopting the same predetermined selection manner with the network side, selecting n different subframes on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted; or
    根据网络侧通知的子帧信息,在每个占用的无线帧上选择n个不同的子帧作为寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧。According to the subframe information notified by the network side, n different subframes are selected on each occupied radio frame as the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted.
  39. 如权利要求37所述的UE,其特征在于,n=1时,占用子帧确定单元在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的n个子帧,具体包括:The UE according to claim 37, wherein, when n=1, the occupied subframe determining unit selects the occupied n subframes on each occupied radio frame, and specifically includes:
    采用公式确定参数i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod NsUse the formula to determine the parameter i_s:i_s=floor(UE_ID/N)mod Ns
    UE_ID根据该UE的国际移动签约标识IMSI确定,N=min(T,nB),Ns=max(1,nB/T),nB为集合[4T,2T,T,T/2,T/4,T/8,T/16,T/32]中的一个值,T为寻呼消息周期;The UE_ID is determined according to the UE's international mobile subscription identifier IMSI, N=min(T, nB), Ns=max(1, nB/T), and nB is a set [4T, 2T, T, T/2, T/4, A value in T/8, T/16, T/32], where T is the paging message period;
    根据确定的参数i_s及LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,来确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧;Determining, according to the determined parameter i_s and the relationship between the different parameter i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, the subframe selected by the paging message on each occupied radio frame;
    或者or
    当n=1、2或4时,占用子帧确定单元基于LTE协议规定的不同参数i_s与寻呼消息所对应的子帧的关系,确定寻呼消息在每个占用的无线帧上选择占用的子帧为i_s=0至i_s=n 所对应的所有子帧。When n=1, 2, or 4, the occupied subframe determining unit determines, based on the relationship between the different parameters i_s specified by the LTE protocol and the subframe corresponding to the paging message, that the paging message is selected to be occupied on each occupied wireless frame. The subframe is i_s=0 to i_s=n All corresponding sub-frames.
  40. 如权利要求34所述的UE,其特征在于,The UE of claim 34, wherein
    次数确定单元具体用于根据网络侧的高层信令通知,确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M。The number determining unit is specifically configured to determine the total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T according to the high layer signaling notification on the network side.
  41. 如权利要求34所述的UE,其特征在于,重复接收单元通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:The UE according to claim 34, wherein the repeating receiving unit receives the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH, and specifically includes:
    在每一个占用的子帧中,PDSCH传输采用一种预定义物理资源块PRB、传输块大小TBS、调制方式,或选择多种预定义PRB、TBS、调制方式构成的传输方式集合中的一种。In each occupied subframe, the PDSCH transmission adopts one of a predefined physical resource block PRB, a transport block size TBS, a modulation scheme, or a set of transmission modes formed by selecting a plurality of predefined PRBs, TBSs, and modulation modes. .
  42. 如权利要求34所述的UE,其特征在于,还包括:The UE of claim 34, further comprising:
    调度确定单元,用于通过重复的物理下行控制信道PDCCH,确定的重复的PDSCH的调度信息,所述重复的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧,为在重复的PDSCH所在的起始子帧之前的第k个子帧,k为设定正整数;a scheduling determining unit, configured to determine scheduling information of the repeated PDSCH by using the repeated physical downlink control channel PDCCH, where the last subframe where the repeated PDCCH is located is before the starting subframe where the repeated PDSCH is located k subframes, k is a positive integer;
    所述重复接收单元具体用于根据PDSCH的调度信息,通过重复的PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息。The repetition receiving unit is specifically configured to receive the paging message at each determined subframe position by using a repeated PDSCH according to scheduling information of the PDSCH.
  43. 如权利要求34所述的UE,其特征在于,所述重复接收单元在确定的每个子帧位置上接收所述寻呼消息,具体包括:The UE according to claim 34, wherein the repeatedly receiving unit receives the paging message at each determined subframe position, specifically:
    在确定的每个子帧位置上,采用相同的或不同的无线网络临时标识P-RNTI解扰所述寻呼消息。The paging message is descrambled with the same or different radio network temporary identity P-RNTI at each determined subframe location.
  44. 一种用户设备UE,其特征在于,包括:A user equipment (UE), comprising:
    次数确定单元,用于确定寻呼消息在寻呼周期T内的总重复传输次数M,及在每个无线帧上重复传输的次数n;a number determining unit, configured to determine a total number of repeated transmissions M of the paging message in the paging period T, and a number n of repeated transmissions on each wireless frame;
    通知接收单元,用于接收网络侧发送的起始参考无线帧计算公式中的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,所接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数所对应的起始参考无线帧时间差D,不小于
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100027
    个无线帧其中,
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100028
    表示向上取整;
    a notification receiving unit, configured to receive a start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter in a start reference radio frame calculation formula sent by the network side, and a start reference radio frame time difference D corresponding to the received start reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter ,not less than
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100027
    Wireless frames,
    Figure PCTCN2015071219-appb-100028
    Indicates rounding up;
    第一起始无线帧确定单元,用于根据接收的起始参考无线帧时间差配置参数,确定调度寻呼消息的物理下行控制信道PDCCH的起始参考无线帧;a first initial radio frame determining unit, configured to determine, according to the received initial reference radio frame time difference configuration parameter, a starting reference radio frame of a physical downlink control channel PDCCH that schedules a paging message;
    第一占用子帧确定单元,用于根据确定的调度寻呼消息的PDCCH起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的子帧;a first occupied subframe determining unit, configured to determine, according to the determined PDCCH start reference radio frame, M and n of the scheduled paging message, a subframe in which the PDCCH scheduling the paging message is located;
    第二起始无线帧确定单元,确定调度寻呼消息的PDCCH所在的最后一个子帧之后的第k个子帧所在的无线帧,为寻呼消息的起始参考无线子帧,k为设定正整数;a second initial radio frame determining unit determines a radio frame in which the kth subframe after the last subframe in which the PDCCH of the paging message is located, is a starting reference radio subframe of the paging message, and k is a positive setting Integer
    第二占用子帧确定单元,根据确定的寻呼消息的起始参考无线帧、M和n,确定寻呼消息重复传输所在的子帧;The second occupied subframe determining unit determines, according to the determined reference radio frame, M and n of the determined paging message, the subframe in which the paging message is repeatedly transmitted;
    重复接收单元,用于通过重复的物理下行共享信道PDSCH,在确定的每个子帧位置上 接收寻呼消息。 Repeating receiving unit for transmitting the repeated physical downlink shared channel PDSCH at each determined subframe position Receive a paging message.
PCT/CN2015/071219 2014-01-23 2015-01-21 Paging message transmission method and apparatus WO2015110010A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN201410032078.1 2014-01-23
CN201410032078.1A CN104811279B (en) 2014-01-23 2014-01-23 A kind of paging message transmission method and device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2015110010A1 true WO2015110010A1 (en) 2015-07-30

Family

ID=53680811

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2015/071219 WO2015110010A1 (en) 2014-01-23 2015-01-21 Paging message transmission method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN104811279B (en)
WO (1) WO2015110010A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111885713A (en) * 2017-10-05 2020-11-03 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication

Families Citing this family (22)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111182625B (en) 2014-04-01 2024-05-24 华为技术有限公司 Paging method, device and system
EP3335471B1 (en) * 2015-08-12 2023-07-26 Nokia Solutions and Networks Oy Paging for low complexity user equipment and/or user equipment in coverage enhancement mode
US10321447B2 (en) * 2015-10-26 2019-06-11 Qualcomm Incorporated Determining a DRX configuration parameter based in part on an M-PDCCH parameter
CN106961727B (en) * 2016-01-11 2020-02-21 电信科学技术研究院 Paging and control method and device thereof
CN106961729B (en) * 2016-01-11 2022-01-07 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method for monitoring, sending paging and paging terminal, base station and terminal
US10129877B2 (en) * 2016-03-16 2018-11-13 Qualcomm Incorporated Paging for machine type communication devices
CN108616986A (en) * 2017-01-05 2018-10-02 中兴通讯股份有限公司 a kind of paging method, device and transmission node
US10356751B2 (en) * 2017-02-09 2019-07-16 Apple Inc. Efficient paging and idle mode wakeup for wireless devices supporting coverage enhanced mode
CN108809742B (en) * 2017-04-27 2021-08-24 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Method and device for determining radio bearer repeatability
CN108990149B (en) * 2017-06-05 2021-10-26 普天信息技术有限公司 Paging configuration method
CN108988996B (en) * 2017-06-05 2021-03-05 普天信息技术有限公司 Data sending and receiving processing method and device for physical downlink control channel
CN109788532B (en) * 2017-11-14 2021-02-23 华为技术有限公司 Communication method and device
CN109803373B (en) * 2017-11-16 2021-01-22 电信科学技术研究院 Position determination method of paging opportunity and communication equipment
CN109996333B (en) 2018-01-03 2020-09-29 维沃移动通信有限公司 Method and device for determining paging position or resident position
CN110475213B (en) * 2018-05-11 2021-06-22 华为技术有限公司 Paging message transmission method and device
CN110730504B (en) 2018-07-16 2021-03-12 维沃移动通信有限公司 Paging indication method, device and system
CN110753393B (en) * 2018-07-23 2022-10-11 成都鼎桥通信技术有限公司 Method and device for issuing public control message
CN112740778B (en) * 2018-09-18 2023-06-20 上海诺基亚贝尔股份有限公司 Downlink small data transmission
CN111586840B (en) * 2019-02-18 2023-05-09 中国移动通信有限公司研究院 Method, device and terminal for determining paging starting position
CN110536416B (en) * 2019-08-16 2024-04-30 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Signal transmitting and receiving method and device, first node, second node and medium
CN111328131B (en) * 2020-02-24 2023-02-07 重庆物奇科技有限公司 NB-IoT paging processing method and system
WO2022016418A1 (en) * 2020-07-22 2022-01-27 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Paging method, terminal device and network device

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1163545A (en) * 1996-03-12 1997-10-29 Ntt移动通信网株式会社 Method for intermittent receiving paging signal in mobile communication system
CN101350936A (en) * 2007-07-19 2009-01-21 华为技术有限公司 Paging method and apparatus for radio communication system
KR20090015411A (en) * 2007-08-08 2009-02-12 주식회사 케이티프리텔 Method and system for executing paging repetition efficiently
CN101827430A (en) * 2009-03-06 2010-09-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Paging method and device

Family Cites Families (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8804546B2 (en) * 2008-06-13 2014-08-12 Qualcomm Incorporated Method and apparatus for managing interaction between DRX cycles and paging cycles
CN101860961B (en) * 2009-04-08 2012-08-08 电信科学技术研究院 Method and equipment for paging relay node system
CN102158959B (en) * 2010-02-11 2014-12-17 电信科学技术研究院 Paging method and device
CN102404848B (en) * 2010-09-15 2014-12-24 华为技术有限公司 Method and base stations for eliminating paging interference in heterogeneous network
CN102469585A (en) * 2010-11-09 2012-05-23 中兴通讯股份有限公司 Method and system for carrying out paging on MTC group
CN102625254B (en) * 2011-01-31 2015-12-02 华为技术有限公司 The method of packet paging, Apparatus and system

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1163545A (en) * 1996-03-12 1997-10-29 Ntt移动通信网株式会社 Method for intermittent receiving paging signal in mobile communication system
CN101350936A (en) * 2007-07-19 2009-01-21 华为技术有限公司 Paging method and apparatus for radio communication system
KR20090015411A (en) * 2007-08-08 2009-02-12 주식회사 케이티프리텔 Method and system for executing paging repetition efficiently
CN101827430A (en) * 2009-03-06 2010-09-08 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Paging method and device

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111885713A (en) * 2017-10-05 2020-11-03 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication
CN111885713B (en) * 2017-10-05 2022-08-26 上海朗帛通信技术有限公司 Method and device used in user equipment and base station for wireless communication

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN104811279A (en) 2015-07-29
CN104811279B (en) 2018-05-22

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2015110010A1 (en) Paging message transmission method and apparatus
US11825473B2 (en) Common search space (CSS) for paging of NB-IoT devices
TWI759271B (en) Device and methods of paging procedures for reduced bandwidth wtrus
CN105766013B (en) Information transmission method and device
CN106961729B (en) Method for monitoring, sending paging and paging terminal, base station and terminal
EP3806557A1 (en) Paging message transmission method and related equipment
EP3531766B1 (en) Control information detection method and transmission method, and device
RU2763448C1 (en) Providing distributed polling events
KR20150076209A (en) System and method for ad-hoc/network assisted device discovery protocol for device to device communications
WO2018082420A1 (en) Monitoring instructing and monitoring method and apparatus with short transmission time interval
WO2019214699A1 (en) Control information receiving method and communication apparatus
US20220369411A1 (en) Method of transmitting and receiving notification of multicast session activation
WO2017059731A1 (en) Paging processing method and device
CN109219138B (en) Transmission processing method, device, electronic equipment and storage medium
US11019595B2 (en) Paging method and device
US20220159570A1 (en) Method executed by user equipment, and user equipment
AU2017240847A1 (en) Method and base station for configuring non-anchor physical resource block, and method and user equipment for determining position of non-anchor physical resource block
CN102469583B (en) Paging resource coordination method in heterogeneous network and system thereof, and base station
JP2020503738A (en) Information transmission method, network device and terminal device
WO2020199609A1 (en) Method and device for communication
WO2018141178A1 (en) Information transmission and processing method and device, equipment, terminal and system and storage medium
CN116017418A (en) Communication method and communication device
WO2016101747A1 (en) Downlink information transmission method and device
CN115997389A (en) Paging method, terminal equipment and network equipment
WO2023060605A1 (en) Paging indication method and apparatus, and device and storage medium

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 15739783

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 15739783

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1